In function `c4iw_dealloc_mw`, variable mhp's value is printed after
freed, it is clearer to have the print before the kfree.
Otherwise racing threads could allocate another mhp with the same pointer
value and create confusing tracing.
Signed-off-by: Shaobo He <shaobo@cs.utah.edu>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The write access of an implicit MR is inherited to all of its children.
Therefore we must set the correct write access to the parent MR.
Pass full access_flags when creating umem to let it calculate write access
correctly.
Fixes: da6a496a34 ("IB/mlx5: Ranges in implicit ODP MR inherit its write access")
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Kernel space provider driver should clean the CQs belonging to kernel
space consumers only. The current implementation is doing reverse of it.
Fixing the same by avoiding the call to __clean_cq on a kernel qp during
destroy.
Fixes: c50866e285 ("bnxt_re: fix the regression due to changes in alloc_pbl")
Signed-off-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Being able to build devlink as a module causes growing pains.
First all drivers had to add a meta dependency to make sure
they are not built in when devlink is built as a module. Now
we are struggling to invoke ethtool compat code reliably.
Make devlink code built-in, users can still not build it at
all but the dynamically loadable module option is removed.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Three conflicts, one of which, for marvell10g.c is non-trivial and
requires some follow-up from Heiner or someone else.
The issue is that Heiner converted the marvell10g driver over to
use the generic c45 code as much as possible.
However, in 'net' a bug fix appeared which makes sure that a new
local mask (MDIO_AN_10GBT_CTRL_ADV_NBT_MASK) with value 0x01e0
is cleared.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following the PD conversion patch, do the same for ucontext allocations.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
While adding the use of for_each_sg_dma_page iterator for Brodcom's rdma
driver, there was a regression added in the __alloc_pbl path. The change
left bnxt_re in DOA state in for-next branch.
Fixing the regression to avoid the host crash when a user space object is
created. Restricting the unconditional access to hwq.pg_arr when hwq is
initialized for user space objects.
Fixes: 161ebe2498 ("RDMA/bnxt_re: Use for_each_sg_dma_page iterator on umem SGL")
Reported-by: Gal Pressman <galpress@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Using CX-3 virtual functions, either from a bare-metal machine or
pass-through from a VM, MAD packets are proxied through the PF driver.
Since the VF drivers have separate name spaces for MAD Transaction Ids
(TIDs), the PF driver has to re-map the TIDs and keep the book keeping
in a cache.
Following the RDMA Connection Manager (CM) protocol, it is clear when
an entry has to evicted form the cache. But life is not perfect,
remote peers may die or be rebooted. Hence, it's a timeout to wipe out
a cache entry, when the PF driver assumes the remote peer has gone.
During workloads where a high number of QPs are destroyed concurrently,
excessive amount of CM DREQ retries has been observed
The problem can be demonstrated in a bare-metal environment, where two
nodes have instantiated 8 VFs each. This using dual ported HCAs, so we
have 16 vPorts per physical server.
64 processes are associated with each vPort and creates and destroys
one QP for each of the remote 64 processes. That is, 1024 QPs per
vPort, all in all 16K QPs. The QPs are created/destroyed using the
CM.
When tearing down these 16K QPs, excessive CM DREQ retries (and
duplicates) are observed. With some cat/paste/awk wizardry on the
infiniband_cm sysfs, we observe as sum of the 16 vPorts on one of the
nodes:
cm_rx_duplicates:
dreq 2102
cm_rx_msgs:
drep 1989
dreq 6195
rep 3968
req 4224
rtu 4224
cm_tx_msgs:
drep 4093
dreq 27568
rep 4224
req 3968
rtu 3968
cm_tx_retries:
dreq 23469
Note that the active/passive side is equally distributed between the
two nodes.
Enabling pr_debug in cm.c gives tons of:
[171778.814239] <mlx4_ib> mlx4_ib_multiplex_cm_handler: id{slave:
1,sl_cm_id: 0xd393089f} is NULL!
By increasing the CM_CLEANUP_CACHE_TIMEOUT from 5 to 30 seconds, the
tear-down phase of the application is reduced from approximately 90 to
50 seconds. Retries/duplicates are also significantly reduced:
cm_rx_duplicates:
dreq 2460
[]
cm_tx_retries:
dreq 3010
req 47
Increasing the timeout further didn't help, as these duplicates and
retries stems from a too short CMA timeout, which was 20 (~4 seconds)
on the systems. By increasing the CMA timeout to 22 (~17 seconds), the
numbers fell down to about 10 for both of them.
Adjustment of the CMA timeout is not part of this commit.
Signed-off-by: Håkon Bugge <haakon.bugge@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When prefetching odp mr it is required to verify that pd of the mr is
identical to the pd for which the advise_mr request arrived with.
This check was missing from synchronous flow and is added now.
Fixes: 813e90b1ae ("IB/mlx5: Add advise_mr() support")
Reported-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When deferring a prefetch request we need to protect against MR or PD
being destroyed while the request is still enqueued.
The first step is to validate that PD owns the lkey that describes the MR
and that the MR that the lkey refers to is owned by that PD.
The second step is to dequeue all requests when MR is destroyed.
Since PD can't be destroyed while it owns MRs it is guaranteed that when a
worker wakes up the request it refers to is still valid.
Now, it is possible to refrain from taking a reference on the device since
it is assured to be present as pd.
While that, replace the dedicated ordered workqueue with the system
unbound workqueue to reuse an existing resource and improve
performance. This will also fix a bug of queueing to the wrong workqueue.
Fixes: 813e90b1ae ("IB/mlx5: Add advise_mr() support")
Reported-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Fix the following warning by adding a missing break:
drivers/infiniband/hw/hfi1/tid_rdma.c: In function ‘hfi1_tid_rdma_wqe_interlock’:
drivers/infiniband/hw/hfi1/tid_rdma.c:3251:3: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
switch (prev->wr.opcode) {
^~~~~~
drivers/infiniband/hw/hfi1/tid_rdma.c:3259:2: note: here
case IB_WR_RDMA_READ:
^~~~
Warning level 3 was used: -Wimplicit-fallthrough=3
This patch is part of the ongoing efforts to enable
-Wimplicit-fallthrough.
Fixes: c6c231175c ("IB/hfi1: Add interlock between TID RDMA WRITE and other requests")
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Reviewed-by: Kaike Wan <Kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
From
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux
To resolve conflicts with net-next and pick up the first patch.
* branch 'mlx5-next':
net/mlx5: Factor out HCA capabilities functions
IB/mlx5: Add support for 50Gbps per lane link modes
net/mlx5: Add support to ext_* fields introduced in Port Type and Speed register
net/mlx5: Add new fields to Port Type and Speed register
net/mlx5: Refactor queries to speed fields in Port Type and Speed register
net/mlx5: E-Switch, Avoid magic numbers when initializing offloads mode
net/mlx5: Relocate vport macros to the vport header file
net/mlx5: E-Switch, Normalize the name of uplink vport number
net/mlx5: Provide an alternative VF upper bound for ECPF
net/mlx5: Add host params change event
net/mlx5: Add query host params command
net/mlx5: Update enable HCA dependency
net/mlx5: Introduce Mellanox SmartNIC and modify page management logic
IB/mlx5: Use unified register/load function for uplink and VF vports
net/mlx5: Use consistent vport num argument type
net/mlx5: Use void pointer as the type in address_of macro
net/mlx5: Align ODP capability function with netdev coding style
mlx5: use RCU lock in mlx5_eq_cq_get()
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The current check does not take into account the previous value of
pinned_vm; thus it is quite bogus as is. Fix this by checking the
new value after the (optimistic) atomic inc.
Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dbueso@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Fixes the following sparse warning:
drivers/infiniband/hw/cxgb4/cm.c:658:6: warning:
symbol 'read_tcb' was not declared. Should it be static?
Fixes: 11a27e2121 ("iw_cxgb4: complete the cached SRQ buffers")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Raju Rangoju <rajur@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Accroding to hip08's limitation, qp&cq specification is 1M, mtpt
specification 1M in kernel space.
Signed-off-by: Yangyang Li <liyangyang20@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
There is a dead lock in usnic ib_register and netdev_notify path.
usnic_ib_discover_pf()
| mutex_lock(&usnic_ib_ibdev_list_lock);
| usnic_ib_device_add();
| ib_register_device()
| usnic_ib_query_port()
| mutex_lock(&us_ibdev->usdev_lock);
| ib_get_eth_speed()
| rtnl_lock()
order of lock: &usnic_ib_ibdev_list_lock -> usdev_lock -> rtnl_lock
rtnl_lock()
| usnic_ib_netdevice_event()
| mutex_lock(&usnic_ib_ibdev_list_lock);
order of lock: rtnl_lock -> &usnic_ib_ibdev_list_lock
Solution is to use the core's lock-free ib_device_get_by_netdev() scheme
to lookup ib_dev while handling netdev & inet events.
Signed-off-by: Parvi Kaustubhi <pkaustub@cisco.com>
Reviewed-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <gvaradar@cisco.com>
Reviewed-by: Tanmay Inamdar <tinamdar@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Ucontext allocation and release aren't async events and don't need kref
accounting. The common layer of RDMA subsystem ensures that dealloc
ucontext will be called after all other objects are released.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Tested-by: Raju Rangoju <rajur@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The internal design of RDMA/core ensures that there dealloc ucontext will
be called only if alloc_ucontext succeeded, hence there is no need to
manage internal variable to mark validity of ucontext.
As part of this change, remove redundant memeset too.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Eswitch has two users: IB and ETH. They both register repersentors
when mlx5 interface is added, and unregister the repersentors when
mlx5 interface is removed. Ideally, each driver should only deal with
the entities which are unique to itself. However, current IB and ETH
drivers have to perform the following eswitch operations:
1. When registering, specify how many vports to register. This number
is the same for both drivers which is the total available vport
numbers.
2. When unregistering, specify the number of registered vports to do
unregister. Also, unload the repersentors which are already loaded.
It's unnecessary for eswitch driver to hands out the control of above
operations to individual driver users, as they're not unique to each
driver. Instead, such operations should be centralized to eswitch
driver. This consolidates eswitch control flow, and simplified IB and
ETH driver.
This patch doesn't change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Merge mlx5-next shared branched into net-next,
From Bodong Wang:
1) Introduction of ECPF (Embedded CPU Physical Function), and low level
bits for mlx5 SmartNic capabilities support.
2) Vport enumeration refactoring that affect mlx5_ib and mlx5_core
From Aya Levin,
3) Add support for 50Gbps per lane link modes in the Port Type and Speed
register (PTYS)
4) Refactor low level query functions for PTYS register
5) Add support for 50Gbps per lane link modes to mlx5_ib
Note: due to a change in API in mlx5/core and a later patch from net-next,
a fixup was squashed with this merge commit that replaces FDB_UPLINK_VPORT
with MLX5_VPORT_UPLINK which exists only in upstream net-next.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The following build warning was produced for the TID RDMA READ
patch ("IB/hfi1: Enable TID RDMA READ protocol"):
drivers/infiniband/hw/hfi1/qp.c: In function 'hfi1_setup_wqe':
drivers/infiniband/hw/hfi1/qp.c:328:3: warning: this statement may fall through [-Wimplicit-fallthrough=]
hfi1_setup_tid_rdma_wqe(qp, wqe);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/infiniband/hw/hfi1/qp.c:329:2: note: here
case IB_QPT_UC:
^~~~
This patch will fix the issue by adding the "fall through" comment.
Fixes: f1ab4efa6d ("IB/hfi1: Enable TID RDMA READ protocol")
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Now when we have the udata passed to all the ib_xxx object creation APIs
and the additional macro 'rdma_udata_to_drv_context' to get the
ib_ucontext from ib_udata stored in uverbs_attr_bundle, we can finally
start to remove the dependency of the drivers in the
ib_xxx->uobject->context.
Signed-off-by: Shamir Rabinovitch <shamir.rabinovitch@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Adjust the cq/qp mask based on the number of bar2 pages in a host page.
For user-mode rdma, the granularity of the BAR2 memory mapped to a user
rdma process during queue allocation must be based on the host page
size. The lld attributes udb_density and ucq_density are used to figure
out how many sge contexts are in a bar2 page. So the rdev->qpmask and
rdev->cqmask in iw_cxgb4 need to now be adjusted based on how many sge
bar2 pages are in a host page.
Otherwise the device fails to work on non 4k page size systems.
Fixes: 2391b0030e ("cxgb4: Remove SGE_HOST_PAGE_SIZE dependency on page size")
Signed-off-by: Raju Rangoju <rajur@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch adds new device capability for IB_DEVICE_MEM_MGT_EXTENSIONS to
indicate device support for the following features:
1. Fast register memory region.
2. send with remote invalidate by frmr
3. local invalidate memory regsion
As well as adds the max depth of frmr page list len.
Signed-off-by: Yangyang Li <liyangyang20@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Current all messages printed for aeq subtype event are wrong. Thus,
delete them and only the value of subtype event is printed.
Signed-off-by: Yixian Liu <liuyixian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The memory allocated for wrid should be initialized to zero.
Signed-off-by: Yixian Liu <liuyixian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The state of mr after reregister operation should be set to valid
state. Otherwise, it will keep the same as the state before reregistered.
Signed-off-by: Yixian Liu <liuyixian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch modifies the minimum CQ depth specification of hip08 and is
consistent with the processing of hip06.
Signed-off-by: chenglang <chenglang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Driver now supports new link modes: 50Gbps per lane support for
50G/100G/200G. This patch reads the correct field (legacy vs. extended)
based on a FW indication bit, and adds a translation function (link
modes to IB width and speed) to the new link modes.
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This patch exposes new link modes (including 50Gbps per lane), and ext_*
fields which describes the new link modes in Port Type and Speed
register (PTYS).
Access functions, translation functions (speed <-> HW bits) and
link max speed function were modified.
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This patch fascicles queries to speed related fields in Port Type and
Speed register (PTYS) into a single API. I addition, this patch
refactors functions which serves only Ethernet driver: remove the
protocol type as an input parameter, move code from 'core' directory
into 'en' directory and add 'eth' prefix to the function's name. The
patch also encapsulates functions that are not used outside the Ethernet
driver removes redundant include files.
Signed-off-by: Aya Levin <ayal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Driver used to name uplink vport as FDB_UPLINK_VPORT, it's hard to
comply with the same naming convention along with the introduction of
other vports. Use MLX5_VPORT as the prefix for such vports and
relocate the uplink vport definition to public header file for the
benefits of both net and IB drivers.
This patch doesn't change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
IB driver maintains different registration and load function calls
for uplink and VF vports. This is not necessary as they only differ
with each other on their profiles.
This patch doesn't change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use the for_each_sg_dma_page iterator variant to walk the umem DMA-mapped
SGL and get the page DMA address. This avoids the extra loop to iterate
pages in the SGE when for_each_sg iterator is used.
Additionally, purge umem->page_shift usage in the driver as its only
relevant for ODP MRs. Use system page size and shift instead.
Signed-off-by: Shiraz, Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The null check on an allocation failure on pd is currently checking
if pd is non-null rather than null. Fix this by adding the missing !
operator.
Fixes: 21a428a019 ("RDMA: Handle PD allocations by IB/core")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
I had merged the hfi1-tid code into my local copy of for-next, but was
waiting on 0day testing before pushing it (I pushed it to my wip
branch). Having waited several days for 0day testing to show up, I'm
finally just going to push it out. In the meantime, though, Jason
pushed other stuff to for-next, so I needed to merge up the branches
before pushing.
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The struct member comp_mask has not been initialized however a bit
pattern is being bitwise or'd into the member and hence other bit
fields in comp_mask may contain any garbage from the stack. Fix this
by making the bitwise or into an assignment.
Fixes: 95b86d1c91 ("RDMA/bnxt_re: Update kernel user abi to pass chip context")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Make sure the IB device is freed on failure.
Fixes: b5ca15ad7e ("IB/mlx5: Add proper representors support")
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Bodong Wang <bodong@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Håkon Bugge <haakon.bugge@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Fix bad flow upon DEVX mkey creation to prevent deleting the indirect mkey
from the radix tree in case there was a previous failure to insert it.
Fixes: 534fd7aac5 ("IB/mlx5: Manage indirection mkey upon DEVX flow for ODP")
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Use the for_each_sg_dma_page iterator variant to walk the umem DMA-mapped
SGL and get the page DMA address. This avoids the extra loop to iterate
pages in the SGE when for_each_sg iterator is used.
Additionally, purge umem->page_shift usage in the driver as its only
relevant for ODP MRs. Use system page size and shift instead.
Signed-off-by: Shiraz, Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Use the for_each_sg_dma_page iterator variant to walk the umem DMA-mapped
SGL and get the page DMA address. This avoids the extra loop to iterate
pages in the SGE when for_each_sg iterator is used.
Additionally, purge umem->page_shift usage in the driver as its only
relevant for ODP MRs. Use system page size and shift instead.
Signed-off-by: Shiraz, Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com>
Acked-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Use the for_each_sg_dma_page iterator variant to walk the umem DMA-mapped
SGL and get the page DMA address. This avoids the extra loop to iterate
pages in the SGE when for_each_sg iterator is used.
Additionally, purge umem->page_shift usage in the driver as its only
relevant for ODP MRs. Use system page size and shift instead.
Signed-off-by: Shiraz, Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Use the for_each_sg_dma_page iterator variant to walk the umem DMA-mapped
SGL and get the page DMA address. This avoids the extra loop to iterate
pages in the SGE when for_each_sg iterator is used.
Additionally, purge umem->page_shift usage in the driver as its only
relevant for ODP MRs. Use system page size and shift instead.
Signed-off-by: Shiraz, Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com>
Acked-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Use the for_each_sg_dma_page iterator variant to walk the umem DMA-mapped
SGL and get the page DMA address. This avoids the extra loop to iterate
pages in the SGE when for_each_sg iterator is used.
Additionally, purge umem->page_shift usage in the driver as its only
relevant for ODP MRs. Use system page size and shift instead.
Signed-off-by: Shiraz, Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com>
Acked-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Use the for_each_sg_dma_page iterator variant to walk the umem DMA-mapped
SGL and get the page DMA address. This avoids the extra loop to iterate
pages in the SGE when for_each_sg iterator is used.
Additionally, purge umem->page_shift usage in the driver as its only
relevant for ODP MRs. Use system page size and shift instead.
Signed-off-by: Shiraz, Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Use the for_each_sg_dma_page iterator variant to walk the umem DMA-mapped
SGL and get the page DMA address. This avoids the extra loop to iterate
pages in the SGE when for_each_sg iterator is used.
Additionally, purge umem->page_shift usage in the driver as its only
relevant for ODP MRs. Use system page size and shift instead.
Signed-off-by: Shiraz, Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Use the for_each_sg_dma_page iterator variant to walk the umem DMA-mapped
SGL and get the page DMA address. This avoids the extra loop to iterate
pages in the SGE when for_each_sg iterator is used.
Additionally, purge umem->page_shift usage in the driver as its only
relevant for ODP MRs. Use system page size and shift instead.
Signed-off-by: Shiraz, Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Use the for_each_sg_dma_page iterator variant to walk the umem DMA-mapped
SGL and get the page DMA address. This avoids the extra loop to iterate
pages in the SGE when for_each_sg iterator is used.
Additionally, purge umem->page_shift usage in the driver as its only
relevant for ODP MRs. Use system page size and shift instead.
Signed-off-by: Shiraz, Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Due to concurrent work by myself and Jason, a normal fast forward merge
was not possible. This brings in a number of hfi1 changes, mainly the
hfi1 TID RDMA support (roughly 10,000 LOC change), which was reviewed
and integrated over a period of days.
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
When an application aborts the connection by moving QP from RTS to ERROR,
then iw_cxgb4's modify_rc_qp() RTS->ERROR logic sets the
*srqidxp to 0 via t4_set_wq_in_error(&qhp->wq, 0), and aborts the
connection by calling c4iw_ep_disconnect().
c4iw_ep_disconnect() does the following:
1. sends up a close_complete_upcall(ep, -ECONNRESET) to libcxgb4.
2. sends abort request CPL to hw.
But, since the close_complete_upcall() is sent before sending the
ABORT_REQ to hw, libcxgb4 would fail to release the srqidx if the
connection holds one. Because, the srqidx is passed up to libcxgb4 only
after corresponding ABORT_RPL is processed by kernel in abort_rpl().
This patch handle the corner-case by moving the call to
close_complete_upcall() from c4iw_ep_disconnect() to abort_rpl(). So that
libcxgb4 is notified about the -ECONNRESET only after abort_rpl(), and
libcxgb4 can relinquish the srqidx properly.
Signed-off-by: Raju Rangoju <rajur@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
If TP fetches an SRQ buffer but ends up not using it before the connection
is aborted, then it passes the index of that SRQ buffer to the host in
ABORT_REQ_RSS or ABORT_RPL CPL message.
But, if the srqidx field is zero in the received ABORT_RPL or
ABORT_REQ_RSS CPL, then we need to read the tcb.rq_start field to see if
it really did have an RQE cached. This works around a case where HW does
not include the srqidx in the ABORT_RPL/ABORT_REQ_RSS CPL.
The final value of rq_start is the one present in TCB with the
TF_RX_PDU_OUT bit cleared. So, we need to read the TCB, examine the
TF_RX_PDU_OUT (bit 49 of t_flags) in order to determine if there's a rx
PDU feedback event pending.
Signed-off-by: Raju Rangoju <rajur@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The PD allocations in IB/core allows us to simplify drivers and their
error flows in their .alloc_pd() paths. The changes in .alloc_pd() go hand
in had with relevant update in .dealloc_pd().
We will use this opportunity and convert .dealloc_pd() to don't fail, as
it was suggested a long time ago, failures are not happening as we have
never seen a WARN_ON print.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Move the call to usnic_ib_device_remove after usnic_ib_ibdev_list_lock has
been released.
Signed-off-by: Parvi Kaustubhi <pkaustub@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When IPv6 support was added, the correct tos was not passed to
cxgb_find_route6(). This potentially results in the wrong route entry.
Fixes: 830662f6f0 ("RDMA/cxgb4: Add support for active and passive open connection with IPv6 address")
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
import_ep() is passed the correct tos, but doesn't use it correctly.
Fixes: ac8e4c69a0 ("cxgb4/iw_cxgb4: TOS support")
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
If the parent listening endpoint has a service type set, then use that
when setting up the connection. This allows server-side applications to
mandate the tos for passive side connections via rdma_set_service_type()
on the listening endpoints.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
User space verbs provider library would need chip context. Changing the
ABI to add chip version details in structure. Furthermore, changing the
kernel driver ucontext allocation code to initialize the abi structure
with appropriate values.
As suggested by community, appended the new fields at the bottom of the
ABI structure and retaining to older fields as those were in the older
versions.
Keeping the ABI version at 1 and adding a new field in the ucontext
response structure to hold the component mask. The user space library
should check pre-defined flags to figure out if a certain feature is
supported on not.
Signed-off-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The new 57500 series of adapter has bigger psn search structure. The size
of new structure is 16B. Changing the control path memory allocation and
fast path code to accommodate the new psn structure while maintaining the
backward compatibility.
There are few additional changes listed below:
- For 57500 chip max-sge are limited to 6 for now.
- For 57500 chip max-receive-sge should be set to 6 for now.
- Add driver/hardware interface structure for new chip.
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
In the new 57500 series of adapters the GSI qp is a UD type QP unlike the
previous generation where it was a Raw Eth QP. Changing the control and
data path to support the same. Listing all the significant diffs:
- AH creation resolve network type unconditionally
- Add check at relevant places to distinguish from Raw Eth
processing flow.
- bnxt_re_process_res_ud_wc report completion with GRH flag
when qp is GSI.
- Change length, cfa_meta and smac to match new driver/hardware
interface.
- Add new driver/hardware interface.
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The backing store to keep HW context data structures is allocated and
initialized by L2 driver. For 57500 chip RoCE driver do not require to
allocate and initialize additional memory. Changing to skip duplicate
allocation and initialization for 57500 adapters. Driver continues as
before for older chips.
This patch also takes care of stats context memory alignment to 128
boundary, a requirement for 57500 series of chip. Older chips do not care
of alignment, thus the change is unconditional.
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The new chip series has 64 bit doorbell for notification queues. Thus,
both control and data path event queues need new routines to write 64 bit
doorbell. Adding the same. There is new doorbell interface between the
chip and driver. Changing the chip specific data structure definitions.
Additional significant changes are listed below
- bnxt_re_net_ring_free/alloc takes a new argument
- bnxt_qplib_enable_nq and enable_rcfw uses new doorbell offset
for new chip.
- DB mapping for NQ and CREQ now maps 8 bytes.
- DBR_DBR_* macros renames to DBC_DBC_*
- store nq_db_offset in a 32bit data type.
- got rid of __iowrite64_copy, used writeq instead.
- changed the DB header initialization to simpler scheme.
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Adding setup and destroy routines for chip-context. The chip context would
be used frequently in control and data path to take execution flow
depending on the chip type. chip context structure pointer is added to
the relevant data structures.
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Use is_power_of_2() instead of hard coding it in the driver. While at it,
fix the meaningless error print.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galpress@amazon.com>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
usnic_uiom_get_pages() uses gup_longterm() so we cannot really get rid of
mmap_sem altogether in the driver, but we can get rid of some complexity
that mmap_sem brings with only pinned_vm. We can get rid of the wq
altogether as we no longer need to defer work to unpin pages as the
counter is now atomic. We also share the lock.
Acked-by: Parvi Kaustubhi <pkaustub@cisco.com>
Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dbueso@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This driver already uses gup_fast() and thus we can just drop the mmap_sem
protection around the pinned_vm counter. Note that the window between when
hfi1_can_pin_pages() is called and the actual counter is incremented
remains the same as mmap_sem was _only_ used for when ->pinned_vm was
touched.
Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dbueso@suse.det>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The driver uses mmap_sem for both pinned_vm accounting and
get_user_pages(). Because rdma drivers might want to use gup_longterm() in
the future we still need some sort of mmap_sem serialization (as opposed
to removing it entirely by using gup_fast()). Now that pinned_vm is atomic
the writer lock can therefore be converted to reader.
This also fixes a bug that __qib_get_user_pages was not taking into
account the current value of pinned_vm.
Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dbueso@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Taking a sleeping lock to _only_ increment a variable is quite the
overkill, and pretty much all users do this. Furthermore, some drivers
(ie: infiniband and scif) that need pinned semantics can go to quite
some trouble to actually delay via workqueue (un)accounting for pinned
pages when not possible to acquire it.
By making the counter atomic we no longer need to hold the mmap_sem and
can simply some code around it for pinned_vm users. The counter is 64-bit
such that we need not worry about overflows such as rdma user input
controlled from userspace.
Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Jordan <daniel.m.jordan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Davidlohr Bueso <dbueso@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
ACK packets are generally associated with request completion and resource
release and therefore should be sent first. This patch optimizes the
send engine by using the following policies:
(1) QPs with RVT_S_ACK_PENDING bit set in qp->s_flags or qpriv->s_flags
should have their priority incremented;
(2) QPs with ACK or TID-ACK packet queued should have their priority
incremented;
(3) When a QP is queued to the wait list due to resource constraints, it
will be queued to the head if it has ACK packet to send;
(4) When selecting qps to run from the wait list, the one with the highest
priority and starve_cnt will be selected; each priority will be equivalent
to a fixed number of starve_cnt (16).
Reviewed-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch makes the following changes to the static trace:
1. Adds the decoding of TID RDMA WRITE packets in IB header trace;
2. Adds trace events for various stages of the TID RDMA WRITE
protocol. These events provide a fine-grained control for monitoring
and debugging the hfi1 driver in the filed.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch enables TID RDMA WRITE protocol by converting a qualified
RDMA WRITE request into a TID RDMA WRITE request internally:
(1) The TID RDMA cability must be enabled;
(2) The request must start on a 4K page boundary;
(3) The request length must be a multiple of 4K and must be larger or
equal to 256K.
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This locking mechanism is designed to provent vavious memory corruption
scenarios from occurring when requests are pipelined, especially when
RDMA WRITE requests are interleaved with TID RDMA READ requests:
1. READ-AFTER-READ;
2. READ-AFTER-WRITE;
3. WRITE-AFTER-READ;
4. WRITE-AFTER-WRITE.
When memory corruption is likely, a request will be held back until
previous requests have been completed.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch integrates TID RDMA WRITE protocol into normal RDMA verbs
framework. The TID RDMA WRITE protocol is an end-to-end protocol
between the hfi1 drivers on two OPA nodes that converts a qualified
RDMA WRITE request into a TID RDMA WRITE request to avoid data copying
on the responder side.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The "Second Leg" of the TID RDMA WRITE protocol deals with
the transfer of data and ack packets, which are in the KDETH
PSN space, as opposed to the IB PSN space.
Therefore, the Second Leg could be considered as a separate
state machine. As such, it is handled by a different work
queue item which is scheduled along with the normal IB state
machine work item.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds the TID packet builder for the responder side, which
contains the state machine to build TID RDMA ACK packet for either
TID RDMA WRITE DATA or TID RDMA RESYNC packets.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
To improve performance, the TID RDMA WRITE protocol is designed to
own a second leg to send data and ack packets in the KDETH PSN space.
This patch adds the packet builder for the requester side, which
contains the state machine to build TID RDMA WRITE DATA and TID
RDMA RESYNC packet.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds the logic to resend TID RDMA WRITE DATA packets.
The tracking indices will be reset properly so that the correct
TID entries will be used.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds a function to receive TID RDMA RESYNC packet on the
responder side. The QP's hardware flow will be updated and all
allocated software flows will be updated accordingly in order to
drop all stale packets.
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds a function to build TID RDMA RESYNC packet, which is
sent by the requester to notify the responder that no TID RDMA ACK
packet has been received for a given KDETH PSN.
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds the TID RDMA retry timer to make sure that TID RDMA
WRITE DATA packets for a segment are received successfully by the
responder. This timer is generally armed when the last TID RDMA
WRITE DATA packet for a segment is sent out and stopped when all
TID RDMA DATA packets are acknowledged.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds a function to receive TID RDMA ACK packet, which could
be an acknowledge to either a TID RDMA WRITE DATA packet or an TID
RDMA RESYNC packet. For an ACK to TID RDMA WRITE DATA packet, the
request segments are completed appropriately. For an ACK to a TID
RDMA RESYNC packet, any pending segment flow information is updated
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds a function to build TID RDMA ACJ packet, which is also
in the KDETH PSN space for packet ordering. This packet is used to
acknowledge the receiving of all the TID RDMA WRITE DATA packets
before the given KDETH PSN. Similar to RC ACK packets, TID RDMA ACK
packets could also be coalesced.
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds a function to receive TID RDMA WRITE DATA packet,
which is in the KDETH PSN space in packet ordering. Due to the use
of header suppression, software is generally only notified when
the last data packet for a segment is received. This patch also
adds code to handle KDETH EFLAGS errors for ingress TID RDMA WRITE
DATA packets.
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds a function to build TID RDMA WRITE DATA packet.
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds a function to receive TID RDMA WRITE response.
The TID entries will be stored for encoding TID RDMA WRITE DATA
packet later.
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds the TID resource timer, which is used by the responder
to free any TID resources that are allocated for TID RDMA WRITE request
and not returned by the requester after a reasonable time.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds the function to build TID RDMA WRITE response. The
main role of the TID RDMA WRITE RESP packet is to send TID entries
to the requester so that they can be used to encode TID RDMA WRITE
DATA packet.
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds the functions to receive TID RDMA WRITE request. The
request will be stored in the QP's s_ack_queue. This patch also adds
code to handle duplicate TID RDMA WRITE request and a function to
allocate TID resources for data receiving on the responder side.
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The s_ack_queue is managed by two pointers into the ring:
r_head_ack_queue and s_tail_ack_queue. r_head_ack_queue is the index of
where the next received request is going to be placed and s_tail_ack_queue
is the entry of the request currently being processed. This works
perfectly fine for normal Verbs as the requests are processed one at a
time and the s_tail_ack_queue is not moved until the request that it
points to is fully completed.
In this fashion, s_tail_ack_queue constantly chases r_head_ack_queue and
the two pointers can easily be used to determine "queue full" and "queue
empty" conditions.
The detection of these two conditions are imported in determining when an
old entry can safely be overwritten with a new received request and the
resources associated with the old request be safely released.
When pipelined TID RDMA WRITE is introduced into this mix, things look
very different. r_head_ack_queue is still the point at which a newly
received request will be inserted, s_tail_ack_queue is still the
currently processed request. However, with pipelined TID RDMA WRITE
requests, s_tail_ack_queue moves to the next request once all TID RDMA
WRITE responses for that request have been sent. The rest of the protocol
for a particular request is managed by other pointers specific to TID RDMA
- r_tid_tail and r_tid_ack - which point to the entries for which the next
TID RDMA DATA packets are going to arrive and the request for which
the next TID RDMA ACK packets are to be generated, respectively.
What this means is that entries in the ring, which are "behind"
s_tail_ack_queue (entries which s_tail_ack_queue has gone past) are no
longer considered complete. This is where the problem is - a newly
received request could potentially overwrite a still active TID RDMA WRITE
request.
The reason why the TID RDMA pointers trail s_tail_ack_queue is that the
normal Verbs send engine uses s_tail_ack_queue as the pointer for the next
response. Since TID RDMA WRITE responses are processed by the normal Verbs
send engine, s_tail_ack_queue had to be moved to the next entry once all
TID RDMA WRITE response packets were sent to get the desired pipelining
between requests. Doing otherwise would mean that the normal Verbs send
engine would not be able to send the TID RDMA WRITE responses for the next
TID RDMA request until the current one is fully completed.
This patch introduces the s_acked_ack_queue index to point to the next
request to complete on the responder side. For requests other than TID
RDMA WRITE, s_acked_ack_queue should always be kept in sync with
s_tail_ack_queue. For TID RDMA WRITE request, it may fall behind
s_tail_ack_queue.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The TID RDMA WRITE protocol differs from normal IB RDMA WRITE
in that TID RDMA WRITE requests do require responses, not just
ACKs.
Therefore, TID RDMA WRITE requests need to be treated as RDMA
READ requests from the point of view of the QPs' s_ack_queue.
In other words, the QPs' need to allow for TID RDMA WRITE
requests to be stored in their s_ack_queue.
However, because the user does not know anything about the TID
RDMA capability and/or protocols, these extra entries in the
queue cannot be advertized to the user.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds the functions to build TID RDMA WRITE request.
The work request opcode, packet opcode, and packet formats for TID
RDMA WRITE protocol are also defined in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch makes the following changes to the static trace:
1. Adds the decoding of TID RDMA READ packets in IB header trace;
2. Tracks qpriv->s_flags and iow_flags in qpsleepwakeup trace;
3. Adds a new event to track RC ACK receiving;
4. Adds trace events for various stages of the TID RDMA READ
protocol. These events provide a fine-grained control for monitoring
and debugging the hfi1 driver in the filed.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch enables TID RDMA READ protocol by converting a qualified
RDMA READ request into a TID RDMA READ request internally:
(1) The TID RDMA capability must be enabled;
(2) The request must start on a 4K page boundary and all receiving
buffers must start on 4K page boundaries;
(3) The request length must be a multiple of 4K and must be larger or
equal to 256K. Each receiving buffer length must be a multiple of 4K.
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This locking mechanism is designed to provent vavious memory corruption
scenarios from occurring when requests are pipelined, especially when
RDMA READ/WRITE requests are interleaved with TID RDMA READ/WRITE
requests:
1. READ-AFTER-READ;
2. READ-AFTER-WRITE;
3. WRITE-AFTER-READ;
When memory corruption is likely, a request will be held back until
previous requests have been completed.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch integrates the TID RDMA READ protocol into the IB RC protocol.
This protocol is an end-to-end protocol between the hfi1 drivers on two
OPA nodes that converts a qualified RDMA READ request into a TID RDMA
READ request to avoid data copying on the requester side. The following
codes are added in this patch:
- Send the TID RDMA READ request;
- Complete the TID RDMA READ send request;
- Send the TID RDMA READ response;
- Complete the TID RDMA READ request;
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds functions to retry TID RDMA READ request. Since TID RDMA
READ request could be retried from any segment boundary, it requires
a number of tracking fields in various structures and those fields
should be reset properly. The qp->s_num_rd_atomic field is reset before
retry and therefore should be incremented for each new or retried
RDMA READ or atomic request.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This commit adds the TID RDMA READ pointers to the receiving opcode
handlers. It also adds TID RDMA READ header sizes to header size table.
A function to print the RHF EFLAGS errors is created so that it can be
shared by both IB and TID RDMA receiving functions.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds the functions to receive TID RDMA READ response. The TID
resource information in the KDETH packet header will direct the hardware
to deliver the packet payload to the user buffer automatically and the
software will handle the packet header for the last packet of a segment
as all other packet headers are suppressed by default. The TID entries
will be freed when all packets for a segment have been received. This
patch also adds the functions to handle KDETH eflag errors, including
flow sequence and generation errors, when a TID RDMA READ response
packet is received . The flow sequence error can be recovered by software
checking of the flow sequence and will disappear when the hardware flow
is programmed with a new generation number.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds the function to build TID RDMA READ response packet.
The previously received TID resource information will be used to
build the KDETH packet, which will direct the delivery of packet payload
by hardware.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds the functions to receive TID RDMA READ request. The TID
resource information will be stored and tracked. Duplicate request
will also be handled properly.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
All TID RDMA packets are in KDETH packet format and therefore the
PbcInsertHcrc must be set properly before sending the packet to
hardware. Otherwise, the packets will be dropped by the receiver.
By default, HCRC is not inserted for 9B packets without KDETH, and
this patch adds that back for TID RDMA packets.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds the helper functions to build the TID RDMA READ request
on the requester side. The key is to allocate TID resources (TID flow
and TID entries) and send the resource information to the responder side
along with the read request. Since the TID resources are limited, each
TID RDMA READ request has to be split into segments with a default
segment size of 256K. A software flow is allocated to track the data
transaction for each segment. The work request opcode, packet opcode, and
packet formats for TID RDMA READ protocol are also defined in this patch.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds the static trace for the flow and TID management
functions to help debugging in the filed.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds the counter n_tidwait to count the number of times the
TID resource allocator has to wait for TID resources.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
TID entries are used by hfi1 hardware to receive data payload from
incoming packets directly into a user buffer and thus avoid data copying
by software. This patch implements the functions for TID allocation,
freeing, and programming TID RcvArray entries in hardware for kernel
clients. TID entries are managed via lists of TID groups similar to PSM.
Furthermore, to track TID resource allocation for each request, software
flows are also allocated and freed as needed. Since software flows
consume large amount of memory for tracking TID allocation and freeing,
it is generally desirable to allocate them dynamically in the send queue
and only for TID RDMA requests, but pre-allocate them for receive queue
because the send queue could have thousands of entries while the receive
queue has only a limited number of entries.
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The hfi1 hardware flow is a hardware flow-control mechanism for a KDETH
data packet that is received on a hfi1 port. It validates the packet by
checking both the generation and sequence. Each QP that uses the TID RDMA
mechanism will allocate a hardware flow from its receiving context for
any incoming KDETH data packets.
This patch implements:
(1) a function to allocate hardware flow
(2) a function to free hardware flow
(3) a function to initialize hardware flow generation for a receiving
context
(4) a wait mechanism if the hardware flow is not available
(4) a function to remove the qp from the wait queue for hardware flow
when the qp is reset or destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch moves some RC helper functions into a header file so that
they can be called from both RC and TID RDMA functions. In addition,
a common function for rewinding a request is created in rdmavt so that
it can be shared between qib and hfi1 driver.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Avoid that sparse reports the following for the mlx5 driver:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2671:34: warning: invalid assignment: |=
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2671:34: left side has type restricted __be32
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2671:34: right side has type int
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2679:34: warning: invalid assignment: |=
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2679:34: left side has type restricted __be32
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2679:34: right side has type int
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2680:34: warning: invalid assignment: |=
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2680:34: left side has type restricted __be32
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2680:34: right side has type int
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2684:34: warning: invalid assignment: |=
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2684:34: left side has type restricted __be32
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2684:34: right side has type int
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2686:28: warning: cast from restricted __be32
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2686:28: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different base types)
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2686:28: expected unsigned int [usertype] val
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2686:28: got restricted __be32 [usertype]
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2686:28: warning: cast from restricted __be32
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2686:28: warning: cast from restricted __be32
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2686:28: warning: cast from restricted __be32
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/qp.c:2686:28: warning: cast from restricted __be32
This patch does not change any functionality.
Fixes: a60109dc9a ("IB/mlx5: Add support for extended atomic operations")
Signed-off-by: Bart Van Assche <bvanassche@acm.org>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
So future additions to that struct get initialized by default.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
On hi08 chip, There is a possibility of chip hanging when sending doorbell
during reset. We can fix it by prohibiting doorbell during reset.
Fixes: 2d40788825 ("RDMA/hns: Add support for processing send wr and receive wr")
Signed-off-by: Wei Hu (Xavier) <xavier.huwei@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
On hi08 chip, There is a possibility of chip hanging and some errors when
sending mailbox & doorbell during reset. We can fix it by prohibiting
mailbox and doorbell during reset and reset occurred to ensure that
hardware can work normally.
Fixes: a04ff739f2 ("RDMA/hns: Add command queue support for hip08 RoCE driver")
Signed-off-by: Wei Hu (Xavier) <xavier.huwei@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
In the reset process, the hns3 NIC driver notifies the RoCE driver to
perform reset related processing by calling the .reset_notify() interface
registered by the RoCE driver in hip08 SoC.
In the current version, if a reset occurs simultaneously during the
execution of rmmod or insmod ko, there may be Oops error as below:
Internal error: Oops: 86000007 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
Modules linked in: hns_roce(O) hns3(O) hclge(O) hnae3(O) [last unloaded: hns_roce_hw_v2]
CPU: 0 PID: 14 Comm: kworker/0:1 Tainted: G O 4.19.0-ge00d540 #1
Hardware name: Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Workqueue: events hclge_reset_service_task [hclge]
pstate: 60c00009 (nZCv daif +PAN +UAO)
pc : 0xffff00000100b0b8
lr : 0xffff00000100aea0
sp : ffff000009afbab0
x29: ffff000009afbab0 x28: 0000000000000800
x27: 0000000000007ff0 x26: ffff80002f90c004
x25: 00000000000007ff x24: ffff000008f97000
x23: ffff80003efee0a8 x22: 0000000000001000
x21: ffff80002f917ff0 x20: ffff8000286ea070
x19: 0000000000000800 x18: 0000000000000400
x17: 00000000c4d3225d x16: 00000000000021b8
x15: 0000000000000400 x14: 0000000000000400
x13: 0000000000000000 x12: ffff80003fac6e30
x11: 0000800036303000 x10: 0000000000000001
x9 : 0000000000000000 x8 : ffff80003016d000
x7 : 0000000000000000 x6 : 000000000000003f
x5 : 0000000000000040 x4 : 0000000000000000
x3 : 0000000000000004 x2 : 00000000000007ff
x1 : 0000000000000000 x0 : 0000000000000000
Process kworker/0:1 (pid: 14, stack limit = 0x00000000af8f0ad9)
Call trace:
0xffff00000100b0b8
0xffff00000100b3a0
hns_roce_init+0x624/0xc88 [hns_roce]
0xffff000001002df8
0xffff000001006960
hclge_notify_roce_client+0x74/0xe0 [hclge]
hclge_reset_service_task+0xa58/0xbc0 [hclge]
process_one_work+0x1e4/0x458
worker_thread+0x40/0x450
kthread+0x12c/0x130
ret_from_fork+0x10/0x18
Code: bad PC value
In the reset process, we will release the resources firstly, and after the
hardware reset is completed, we will reapply resources and reconfigure the
hardware.
We can solve this problem by modifying both the NIC and the RoCE
driver. We can modify the concurrent processing in the NIC driver to avoid
calling the .reset_notify and .uninit_instance ops at the same time. And
we need to modify the RoCE driver to record the reset stage and the
driver's init/uninit state, and check the state in the .reset_notify,
.init_instance. and uninit_instance functions to avoid NULL pointer
operation.
Fixes: cb7a94c9c8 ("RDMA/hns: Add reset process for RoCE in hip08")
Signed-off-by: Wei Hu (Xavier) <xavier.huwei@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Fixes the following sparse warnings:
drivers/infiniband/hw/hns/hns_roce_hw_v2.c:5822:5: warning:
symbol 'hns_roce_v2_query_srq' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/infiniband/hw/hns/hns_roce_srq.c:158:6: warning:
symbol 'hns_roce_srq_free' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/infiniband/hw/hns/hns_roce_srq.c:81:5: warning:
symbol 'hns_roce_srq_alloc' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFSBAABCAA8FiEEq68RxlopcLEwq+PEeb4+QwBBGIYFAlxXYaEeHHRvcnZhbGRz
QGxpbnV4LWZvdW5kYXRpb24ub3JnAAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGkSQH/2yrfnviNPFYpZOR
QQdc71Bfhkd8m85SmWIsSebkxmi3hKFVj15sGbWXd6+0/VxjEEGvQCZpvVwJceke
LwDxtkKGg/74wAqJvlSAWxFNZ+Had4jDeoSoeQChddsBVXBBCxQx2v6ECg3o2x7W
k8Z8t4+3RijDf8fYXY9ETyO2zW8R/wgT+dnl+DPgUH7u4dxh7FzAUfc4bgZIDg+i
FzBQfbTJuz4BU7uRZ9IJiwhWKv0Iyi2DR3BY8Z1pqEpRaUMJMrCs2WGytHbTgt9e
0EtO1airbVneU4eumU/ZaF9cyEbah9HousEPnP7J09WG4s/Odxc4zE+uK1QqS2im
5Xv88is=
=dVd1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'v5.0-rc5' into rdma.git for-next
Linux 5.0-rc5
Needed to merge the include/uapi changes so we have an up to date
single-tree for these files. Patches already posted are also expected to
need this for dependencies.
Query all per transport caps for XRC and set the appropriate bits in the
per transport field of the advertised struct.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
ODP support in SRQ is per transport capability. Based on device
capabilities set this flag in device structure for future queries.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Add changes to the WQE page-fault handler to
1. Identify that the event is for a SRQ WQE
2. Pass SRQ object instead of a QP to the function that reads the WQE
3. Parse the SRQ WQE with respect to its structure
The rest is handled as for regular RQ WQE.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Reading a WQE from SRQ is almost identical to reading from regular RQ.
The differences are the size of the queue, the size of a WQE and buffer
location.
Make necessary changes to mlx5_ib_read_user_wqe() to let it read a WQE
from a SRQ or RQ by caller choice.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Skip XRC segment in the beginning of a send WQE and fetch ODP XRC
capabilities when QP type is IB_QPT_XRC_INI. The rest of the handling is
the same as in RC QP.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
In the function mlx5_ib_mr_responder_pfault_handler()
1. The parameter wqe is used as read-only so there is no need to pass it
by reference.
2. Remove the unused argument pfault from list of arguments.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When handling an ODP event for a receive WQE in SRQ the target QP is
unknown. Therefore, it is wrong to ask if QP has a SRQ in the page-fault
handler.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
QP and SRQ objects are stored in different containers so the action to get
and lock a common resource during ODP event needs to address that.
While here get rid of 'refcount' and 'free' fields in mlx5_core_srq struct
and use the fields with same semantics in common structure.
Fixes: 032080ab43 ("IB/mlx5: Lock QP during page fault handling")
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/infiniband/hw/hns/hns_roce_hw_v2.c: In function 'hns_roce_v2_qp_flow_control_init':
drivers/infiniband/hw/hns/hns_roce_hw_v2.c:4384:33: warning:
variable 'rst' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
It never used since introduction.
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch adds the static trace to the OPFN code and moves tid related
static trace code into a new header file.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
OPFN parameter negotiation allows a pair of connected RC QPs to exchange
a set of parameters in succession. This negotiation does not commence
till the first ULP request. Because OPFN operations are operations
private to the driver, they do not generate user completions or put the
QP into error when they run out of retries. This patch integrates the
OPFN protocol into the transactions of an RC QP.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The OPFN protocol uses the COMPARE_SWAP request to exchange data
between the requester and the responder and therefore needs to
be stored in the QP's s_ack_queue when the request is received
on the responder side. However, because the user does not know
anything about the OPFN protocol, this extra entry in the
queue cannot be advertised to the user. This patch adds an extra
entry in a QP's s_ack_queue.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
OPFN allows a pair of connected RC QPs to exchange a set of parameters
in succession. The parameter exchange itself is done using the IB compare
and swap request with a special virtual address. The request is triggered
using a reserved IB work request opcode. This patch implements the OPFN
interface to initialize, start, process, and reset the OPFN request.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This patch adds the OPFN helper functions to initialize, encode, decode,
and reset OPFN parameters for the TID RDMA feature.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
OPFN (Omni Path Feature Negotiation) support discovery allows a RC QP to
announce that it supports OPFN and also discover if OPFN is supported by
the peer QP. OPFN parameter negotiation is skipped unless OPFN support is
first discovered. OPFN support is announced by claiming what was
the reserved bit in dword 1 of OmniPath modified base transport header
in requests and responses.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
As preparation to hide rdma_restrack_root, refactor the code to use the
ops structure instead of a special callback which is hidden in
rdma_restrack_root.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When a given netdev of the GID entry is macvlan netdevice, and if the
lower netdevice is vlan device, GID entry for macvlan based IP address
needs to inherit the vlan of the lower netdevice.
Therefore, attempt to find out if the lower device exist and if so, if
it is vlan device and setup the vlan tag correctly.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Avnery <yuvalav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Lack of mandatory verbs no longer fail device registration, the device
will be marked as a non-kverbs provider.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galpress@amazon.com>
Tested-by: Parvi Kaustubhi <pkaustub@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
All callers to ib_alloc_device() provide a larger size than struct
ib_device and rely on the fact that struct ib_device is embedded in their
driver specific structure as the first member.
Provide a safer variant of ib_alloc_device() that checks and enforces this
approach to make sure the drivers are using it right.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Remove 'del_mkey' variable that is set but not used.
Fixes: 534fd7aac5 ("IB/mlx5: Manage indirection mkey upon DEVX flow for ODP")
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The function mlx5_ib_stage_odp_cleanup() is only used in main.c
Fixes: d5d284b829 ("{net,IB}/mlx5: Move Page fault EQ and ODP logic to RDMA")
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Several locations for manipulating sges use an open coded sequence
that is covered by helper functions.
Use the appropriate helper functions.
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Sge sizing is done in several places using an open coded method.
This can cause maintenance issues. The open coded method is
encapsulated in a helper routine. The helper was introduced with
commit:
1198fcea8a ("IB/hfi1, rdmavt: Move SGE state helper routines into
rdmavt")
Update all call sites that have the open coded path with the helper
routine.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Update the driver to use the new device capability to report 64-bit UAR
PFNs.
Reviewed-by: Jorgen Hansen <jhansen@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Adit Ranadive <aditr@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Vishnu Dasa <vdasa@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Yishai Hadas says:
Enable DEVX asynchronous query commands
This series enables querying a DEVX object in an asynchronous mode.
The userspace application won't block when calling the firmware and it will be
able to get the response back once that it will be ready.
To enable the above functionality:
- DEVX asynchronous command completion FD object was introduced.
- The applicable file operations were implemented to enable using it by
the user application.
- Query asynchronous method was added to the DEVX object, it will call the
firmware asynchronously and manages the response on the given input FD.
- Hot unplug support was added for the FD to work properly upon
unbind/disassociate.
- mlx5 core fence for asynchronous commands was implemented and used to
prevent racing upon unbind/disassociate.
This branch is based on mlx5-next & v5.0-rc2 due to dependencies, from
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux
* branch 'devx-async':
IB/mlx5: Implement DEVX hot unplug for async command FD
IB/mlx5: Implement the file ops of DEVX async command FD
IB/mlx5: Introduce async DEVX obj query API
IB/mlx5: Introduce MLX5_IB_OBJECT_DEVX_ASYNC_CMD_FD
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Implement DEVX hot unplug for the async command FD.
This is done by managing a list of the inflight commands and wait until
all launched work is completed as part of
devx_hot_unplug_async_cmd_event_file.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Implement the file ops of the DEVX async command FD, this enables using
the FD for reading the events and manage other options on the FD.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Introduce async DEVX obj query API to get the command response back to
user space once it's ready without blocking when calling the firmware.
The event's data includes a header with some meta data then the firmware
output command data.
The header includes:
- The input 'wr_id' to let application recognizing the response.
The input FD attribute is used to have the event data ready on.
Downstream patches from this series will implement the file ops to let
application read it.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Introduce MLX5_IB_OBJECT_DEVX_ASYNC_CMD_FD and its initial implementation.
This object is from type class FD and will be used to read DEVX async
commands completion.
The core layer should allow the driver to set object from type FD in a
safe mode, this option was added with a matching comment in place.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Currently, the Kbuild core manipulates header search paths in a crazy
way [1].
To fix this mess, I want all Makefiles to add explicit $(srctree)/ to
the search paths in the srctree. Some Makefiles are already written in
that way, but not all. The goal of this work is to make the notation
consistent, and finally get rid of the gross hacks.
Having whitespaces after -I does not matter since commit 48f6e3cf5b
("kbuild: do not drop -I without parameter").
[1]: https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9632347/
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Parvi Kaustubhi <pkaustub@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The intention of the flow_is_supported was to disable the entire tree and
methods that allow raw flow creation, but the grammar syntax has this
disable the entire UVERBS_FLOW object. Since the method requires a
MLX5_IB_OBJECT_FLOW_MATCHER there is no need to do anything, as it is
automatically disabled when matchers are disabled.
This restores the ability to create flow steering rules on representors
via regular verbs.
Fixes: a1462351b5 ("RDMA/mlx5: Fail early if user tries to create flows on IB representors")
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The hns_roce_ib_create_srq_resp is used to interact with the user for
data, this was open coded to use a u32 directly, instead use a properly
sized structure.
Fixes: c7bcb13442 ("RDMA/hns: Add SRQ support for hip08 kernel mode")
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Similar to the core change commit 5f1d43de54 ("IB/core: disable memory
registration of filesystem-dax vmas")
PSM should be prevented from using filesystem DAX pages.
Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch adds qpc timer and cqc timer allocation support for hardware
timeout retransmission in kernel space driver.
Signed-off-by: Yangyang Li <liyangyang20@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch adds SCC context clear support for DCQCN in kernel space
driver.
Signed-off-by: Yangyang Li <liyangyang20@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch adds SCC context allocation and initialization support for
DCQCN in kernel space driver.
Signed-off-by: Yangyang Li <liyangyang20@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
A sub-range in ODP implicit MR should take its write permission from the
MR and not be set always to allow.
Fixes: d07d1d70ce ("IB/umem: Update on demand page (ODP) support")
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
There is no reason for this __GFP_NOFAIL, none of the other routines in
this file use it, and there is an error unwind here. NOFAIL should be
reserved for special cases, not used by network drivers.
Fixes: 6a0b6174d3 ("rdma/cxgb4: Add support for kernel mode SRQ's")
Reported-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch avoids that sparse complains about missing function
declarations.
Fixes: c9990ab39b ("RDMA/umem: Move all the ODP related stuff out of ucontext and into per_mm")
Signed-off-by: Bart Van Assche <bvanassche@acm.org>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When calling debugfs functions, there is no need to ever check the
return value. The function can work or not, but the code logic should
never do something different based on this.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Acked-by: Parvi Kaustubhi <pkaustub@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When calling debugfs functions, there is no need to ever check the
return value. The function can work or not, but the code logic should
never do something different based on this.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When calling debugfs functions, there is no need to ever check the
return value. The function can work or not, but the code logic should
never do something different based on this.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When calling debugfs functions, there is no need to ever check the
return value. The function can work or not, but the code logic should
never do something different based on this.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When calling debugfs functions, there is no need to ever check the
return value. The function can work or not, but the code logic should
never do something different based on this.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The macro was just making things harder to follow, and audit, so remove
it and call debugfs_create_file() directly. Also, the macro did not
need to warn about the call failing as no one should ever care about any
debugfs functions failing.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When calling debugfs functions, there is no need to ever check the
return value. The function can work or not, but the code logic should
never do something different based on this.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Acked-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
APIs that have deferred callbacks should have some kind of cleanup
function that callers can use to fence the callbacks. Otherwise things
like module unloading can lead to dangling function pointers, or worse.
The IB MR code is the only place that calls this function and had a
really poor attempt at creating this fence. Provide a good version in
the core code as future patches will add more places that need this
fence.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Two flow specifications can set the ip protocol field in
the flow table entry:
1) IB_FLOW_SPEC_TCP/UDP/GRE - set the ip protocol accordingly.
2) IB_FLOW_SPEC_IPV4/6 - has ip_protocol field for users
who want to receive specific L4 packets.
We need to avoid overriding of the ip_protocol with zeros,
in case that the user first put the L4 specification and
only then the L3.
Fixes: ca0d475385 ('IB/mlx5: Add support in TOS and protocol to flow steering')
Signed-off-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Add support for ODP for DEVX indirection mkey, it includes:
- Recognizing its type as part of the radix tree lookup.
- Use similar flow as done for the MW MKEY type.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Manage indirection mkey upon DEVX flow to support ODP.
To support a page fault event on the indirection mkey it needs to be part
of the device mkey radix tree.
Both the creation and the deletion flows for a DEVX object which is
indirection mkey were adapted to handle that.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Once an indirection MKEY is created umem valid bit shouldn't be set as
this MKEY doesn't really hold a umem.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
AEQ overflow will be reported by hardware when too many asynchronous
events occurred but not be handled in time. Normally, AEQ overflow error
is not easy to occur. Once happened, we have to do physical function reset
to recover. PF reset is implemented in two steps. Firstly, set reset
level with ae_dev->ops->set_default_reset_request. Secondly, run reset
with ae_dev->ops->reset_event.
Signed-off-by: Xiaofei Tan <tanxiaofei@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yixian Liu <liuyixian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Work must hold a kref on the ib_device otherwise the dev pointer can
become free before the work runs. This can happen because the work is
being pushed onto the system work queue which is not flushed during driver
unregister.
Remove the bogus use of 'reg_state':
- While in uverbs the reg_state is guaranteed to always be
REGISTERED
- Testing reg_state with no locking is bogus. Use ib_device_try_get()
to get back into a region that prevents unregistration.
For now continue with a flow that is similar to the existing code.
Fixes: 813e90b1ae ("IB/mlx5: Add advise_mr() support")
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Applications that use the stack for execution purposes cause userspace PSM
jobs to fail during mmap().
Both Fortran (non-standard format parsing) and C (callback functions
located in the stack) applications can be written such that stack
execution is required. The linker notes this via the gnu_stack ELF flag.
This causes READ_IMPLIES_EXEC to be set which forces all PROT_READ mmaps
to have PROT_EXEC for the process.
Checking for VM_EXEC bit and failing the request with EPERM is overly
conservative and will break any PSM application using executable stacks.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #v4.14+
Fixes: 1222026764 ("IB/hfi: Protect against writable mmap")
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The work completion length for a receiving a UD send with immediate is
short by 4 bytes causing application using this opcode to fail.
The UD receive logic incorrectly subtracts 4 bytes for immediate
value. These bytes are already included in header length and are used to
calculate header/payload split, so the result is these 4 bytes are
subtracted twice, once when the header length subtracted from the overall
length and once again in the UD opcode specific path.
Remove the extra subtraction when handling the opcode.
Fixes: 7724105686 ("IB/hfi1: add driver files")
Reviewed-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Welty <brian.welty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When the flags verification was added two flags were missed from the
check:
* MLX5_QP_FLAG_TIR_ALLOW_SELF_LB_UC
* MLX5_QP_FLAG_TIR_ALLOW_SELF_LB_MC
This causes user applications that were using these flags to break.
Fixes: 2e43bb31b8 ("IB/mlx5: Verify that driver supports user flags")
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/infiniband/hw/qedr/verbs.c: In function 'qedr_create_srq':
drivers/infiniband/hw/qedr/verbs.c:1436:22: warning:
variable 'ib_ctx' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
drivers/infiniband/hw/qedr/verbs.c: In function 'qedr_create_user_qp':
drivers/infiniband/hw/qedr/verbs.c:1701:22: warning:
variable 'ib_ctx' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Fixes: b0ea0fa543 ("IB/{core,hw}: Have ib_umem_get extract the ib_ucontext from ib_udata")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When flush cqe, it needs to get the pointer of rq and sq from db address
space of user and update it into qp context by modified qp. if rq does not
exist, it will not get the value from db address space of user.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Not much so far, but I'm feeling like the 2nd PR -rc will be larger than
this. We have the usual batch of bugs and two fixes to code merged this cycle.
- Restore valgrind support for the ioctl verbs interface merged this window,
and fix a missed error code on an error path from that conversion
- A user reported crash on obsolete mthca hardware
- pvrdma was using the wrong command opcode toward the hypervisor
- NULL pointer crash regression when dumping rdma-cm over netlink
- Be conservative about exposing the global rkey
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=ymZq
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma
Pull rdma fixes frfom Jason Gunthorpe:
"Not much so far. We have the usual batch of bugs and two fixes to code
merged this cycle:
- Restore valgrind support for the ioctl verbs interface merged this
window, and fix a missed error code on an error path from that
conversion
- A user reported crash on obsolete mthca hardware
- pvrdma was using the wrong command opcode toward the hypervisor
- NULL pointer crash regression when dumping rdma-cm over netlink
- Be conservative about exposing the global rkey"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma:
RDMA/uverbs: Mark ioctl responses with UVERBS_ATTR_F_VALID_OUTPUT
RDMA/mthca: Clear QP objects during their allocation
RDMA/vmw_pvrdma: Return the correct opcode when creating WR
RDMA/cma: Add cm_id restrack resource based on kernel or user cm_id type
RDMA/nldev: Don't expose unsafe global rkey to regular user
RDMA/uverbs: Fix post send success return value in case of error
Replace kzalloc() function with its 2-factor argument form, kcalloc().
This patch replaces cases of:
kzalloc(a * b, gfp)
with:
kcalloc(a, b, gfp)
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The patch 944661dd97: "RDMA/iw_cxgb4: atomically lookup ep and get a
reference" from May 6, 2016, leads to the following Smatch complaint:
drivers/infiniband/hw/cxgb4/cm.c:2953 terminate()
error: we previously assumed 'ep' could be null (see line 2945)
Fixes: 944661dd97 ("RDMA/iw_cxgb4: atomically lookup ep and get a reference")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Raju Rangoju <rajur@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Management Datagram Interface (MAD) is applicable
only when physical port is Infiniband. It makes MAD
command logic to be completely unrelated to eth/core
parts of mlx5.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This is from static analysis not from testing. Depending on the value
of rcfw->cmdq_depth, then this might not cause an issue at runtime.
The BITS_TO_LONGS() macro tells us how many longs it take to hold a
bitmap. In other words, it divides by the number if bits per long and
rounds up. Then we want to take that number and multiple by
sizeof(long) to get the number of bytes to allocate.
The code here does the multiplication first so the rounding up is done
in the wrong place. So imagine we want to allocate 1 bit, then
"(1 * 8) / 64 = 1" when we round up. But it should be
"(1 / 64) * 8 = 8". In other words, because of the rounding difference
we might allocate up to "sizeof(long) - 1" bytes fewer than intended.
Fixes: 1ac5a40479 ("RDMA/bnxt_re: Add bnxt_re RoCE driver")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-By: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Introduce and use rdma_device_to_ibdev() API for those drivers which are
registering one sysfs group and also use in ib_core.
In subsequent patch, device->provider_ibdev one-to-one mapping is no
longer holds true during accessing sysfs entries.
Therefore, introduce an API rdma_device_to_ibdev() that provides such
information.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Most provider routines are callback routines which ib core invokes.
_callback suffix doesn't convey information about when such callback is
invoked. Therefore, rename port_callback to init_port.
Additionally, store the init_port function pointer in ib_device_ops, so
that it can be accessed in subsequent patches when binding rdma device to
net namespace.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
As part of an audit process to update drivers to use rdma_restrack_add()
ensure that CTX objects is cleared before access.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
As part of an audit process to update drivers to use rdma_restrack_add()
ensure that CQ objects is cleared before access.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
As part of an audit process to update drivers to use rdma_restrack_add()
ensure that PD objects is cleared before access.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The pkey table size is QEDR_ROCE_PKEY_TABLE_LEN, index should be tested
for >= QEDR_ROCE_PKEY_TABLE_LEN instead of > QEDR_ROCE_PKEY_TABLE_LEN.
Fixes: a7efd7773e ("qedr: Add support for PD,PKEY and CQ verbs")
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galpress@amazon.com>
Acked-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The pkey table size is one element, index should be tested for > 0 instead
of > 1.
Fixes: fe2caefcdf ("RDMA/ocrdma: Add driver for Emulex OneConnect IBoE RDMA adapter")
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galpress@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The pkey table size is one element, index should be tested for > 0 instead
of > 1.
Fixes: e3cf00d0a8 ("IB/usnic: Add Cisco VIC low-level hardware driver")
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galpress@amazon.com>
Acked-by: Parvi Kaustubhi <pkaustub@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
ib_umem_get() can only be called in a method callback, which always has a
udata parameter. This allows ib_umem_get() to derive the ucontext pointer
directly from the udata without requiring the drivers to find it in some
way or another.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Shamir Rabinovitch <shamir.rabinovitch@oracle.com>
The next patch will add dependency from ib_umem_get in to ib_uverbs so
move the required ib_umem_xxx functionality to it's correct module -
ib_uverbs - and avoid circular dependecy from the form of ib_core ->
ib_uverbs -> ib_core in depmod.
Since this now requires all drivers to be build modular if uverbs is
modular, hoist the test a couple drivers had into the main kconfig and
apply it to all drivers uniformly.
Signed-off-by: Shamir Rabinovitch <shamir.rabinovitch@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Since the IB_WR_REG_MR opcode value changed, let's set the PVRDMA device
opcodes explicitly.
Reported-by: Ruishuang Wang <ruishuangw@vmware.com>
Fixes: 9a59739bd0 ("IB/rxe: Revise the ib_wr_opcode enum")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Bryan Tan <bryantan@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Ruishuang Wang <ruishuangw@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Vishnu Dasa <vdasa@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Adit Ranadive <aditr@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Convert various places to more readable code, which embeds
CONFIG_INFINIBAND_ON_DEMAND_PAGING into the code flow.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Consolidate various checks if MR is ODP backed to one simple helper and
update call sites to use it.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Device capability bits are exposing what specific device supports from HW
perspective. Those bits are not dependent on kernel configurations and
RDMA/core should ensure that proper interfaces to users will be disabled
if CONFIG_INFINIBAND_ON_DEMAND_PAGING is not set.
Fixes: f4056bfd8c ("IB/core: Add on demand paging caps to ib_uverbs_ex_query_device")
Fixes: 8cdd312cfe ("IB/mlx5: Implement the ODP capability query verb")
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
CONFIG_INFINIBAND_ON_DEMAND_PAGING is used in general structures to
micro-optimize the memory footprint. Remove it, so it will allow us to
simplify various ODP device flows.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
We already need to zero out memory for dma_alloc_coherent(), as such
using dma_zalloc_coherent() is superflous. Phase it out.
This change was generated with the following Coccinelle SmPL patch:
@ replace_dma_zalloc_coherent @
expression dev, size, data, handle, flags;
@@
-dma_zalloc_coherent(dev, size, handle, flags)
+dma_alloc_coherent(dev, size, handle, flags)
Suggested-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Luis Chamberlain <mcgrof@kernel.org>
[hch: re-ran the script on the latest tree]
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Modify the pbl ba page size to 16K for in order to support 4G MR size.
Signed-off-by: Wei Hu (Xavier) <xavier.huwei@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
According to IB protocol, local ACK timeout shall be a 5 bit
value. Currently, hip08 could not support the possible max value 31. Fail
the request in this case.
Signed-off-by: Yixian Liu <liuyixian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
In some application scenario, the user could not have receive queue when
run rdma write or read operation.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When flush cqe with srq, the driver disable to update the rq head pointer
into the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Inorder to optimize the NVMEoF read IOPs, iw_cxgb4 posts a FW Write with
Completion WQE that combines an RDMA Write WR and the subsequent RDMA Send
with Invalidate WR.
This patch is an extension to it, where it posts a Write with completion
for RDMA WRITE WR + RDMA SEND WR combination as well.
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Potnuri Bharat Teja <bharat@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
One of the more common cases of allocation size calculations is finding
the size of a structure that has a zero-sized array at the end, along
with memory for some number of elements for that array. For example:
struct foo {
int stuff;
void *entry[];
};
instance = kmalloc(sizeof(struct foo) + sizeof(void *) * count, GFP_KERNEL);
Instead of leaving these open-coded and prone to type mistakes, we can
now use the new struct_size() helper:
instance = kmalloc(struct_size(instance, entry, count), GFP_KERNEL);
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavo@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Over the break a few defects were found, so this is a -rc style pull
request of various small things that have been posted.
- An attempt to shorten RCU grace period driven delays showed crashes
during heavier testing, and has been entirely reverted
- A missed merge/rebase error between the advise_mr and ib_device_ops
series
- Some small static analysis driven fixes from Julia and Aditya
- Missed ability to create a XRC_INI in the devx verbs interop series
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=REsM
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma
Pull rdma fixes from Jason Gunthorpe:
"Over the break a few defects were found, so this is a -rc style pull
request of various small things that have been posted.
- An attempt to shorten RCU grace period driven delays showed crashes
during heavier testing, and has been entirely reverted
- A missed merge/rebase error between the advise_mr and ib_device_ops
series
- Some small static analysis driven fixes from Julia and Aditya
- Missed ability to create a XRC_INI in the devx verbs interop
series"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma:
infiniband/qedr: Potential null ptr dereference of qp
infiniband: bnxt_re: qplib: Check the return value of send_message
IB/ipoib: drop useless LIST_HEAD
IB/core: Add advise_mr to the list of known ops
Revert "IB/mlx5: Fix long EEH recover time with NVMe offloads"
IB/mlx5: Allow XRC INI usage via verbs in DEVX context
Nobody has actually used the type (VERIFY_READ vs VERIFY_WRITE) argument
of the user address range verification function since we got rid of the
old racy i386-only code to walk page tables by hand.
It existed because the original 80386 would not honor the write protect
bit when in kernel mode, so you had to do COW by hand before doing any
user access. But we haven't supported that in a long time, and these
days the 'type' argument is a purely historical artifact.
A discussion about extending 'user_access_begin()' to do the range
checking resulted this patch, because there is no way we're going to
move the old VERIFY_xyz interface to that model. And it's best done at
the end of the merge window when I've done most of my merges, so let's
just get this done once and for all.
This patch was mostly done with a sed-script, with manual fix-ups for
the cases that weren't of the trivial 'access_ok(VERIFY_xyz' form.
There were a couple of notable cases:
- csky still had the old "verify_area()" name as an alias.
- the iter_iov code had magical hardcoded knowledge of the actual
values of VERIFY_{READ,WRITE} (not that they mattered, since nothing
really used it)
- microblaze used the type argument for a debug printout
but other than those oddities this should be a total no-op patch.
I tried to fix up all architectures, did fairly extensive grepping for
access_ok() uses, and the changes are trivial, but I may have missed
something. Any missed conversion should be trivially fixable, though.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
idr_find() may fail and return a NULL pointer. The fix checks the return
value of the function and returns an error in case of NULL.
Signed-off-by: Aditya Pakki <pakki001@umn.edu>
Acked-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
In bnxt_qplib_map_tc2cos(), bnxt_qplib_rcfw_send_message() can return an
error value but it is lost. Propagate this error to the callers.
Signed-off-by: Aditya Pakki <pakki001@umn.edu>
Acked-By: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Longer term testing shows this patch didn't play well with MR cache and
caused to call traces during remove_mkeys().
This reverts commit bb7e22a8ab.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
From device point of view both XRC target and initiator are XRC transport
type.
Fix to use the expected UID as was handled for the XRC target case to
allow its usage via verbs in DEVX context.
Fixes: 5aa3771ded ("IB/mlx5: Allow XRC usage via verbs in DEVX context")
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Merge misc updates from Andrew Morton:
- large KASAN update to use arm's "software tag-based mode"
- a few misc things
- sh updates
- ocfs2 updates
- just about all of MM
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (167 commits)
kernel/fork.c: mark 'stack_vm_area' with __maybe_unused
memcg, oom: notify on oom killer invocation from the charge path
mm, swap: fix swapoff with KSM pages
include/linux/gfp.h: fix typo
mm/hmm: fix memremap.h, move dev_page_fault_t callback to hmm
hugetlbfs: Use i_mmap_rwsem to fix page fault/truncate race
hugetlbfs: use i_mmap_rwsem for more pmd sharing synchronization
memory_hotplug: add missing newlines to debugging output
mm: remove __hugepage_set_anon_rmap()
include/linux/vmstat.h: remove unused page state adjustment macro
mm/page_alloc.c: allow error injection
mm: migrate: drop unused argument of migrate_page_move_mapping()
blkdev: avoid migration stalls for blkdev pages
mm: migrate: provide buffer_migrate_page_norefs()
mm: migrate: move migrate_page_lock_buffers()
mm: migrate: lock buffers before migrate_page_move_mapping()
mm: migration: factor out code to compute expected number of page references
mm, page_alloc: enable pcpu_drain with zone capability
kmemleak: add config to select auto scan
mm/page_alloc.c: don't call kasan_free_pages() at deferred mem init
...
This has been a fairly typical cycle, with the usual sorts of driver
updates. Several series continue to come through which improve and
modernize various parts of the core code, and we finally are starting to
get the uAPI command interface cleaned up.
- Various driver fixes for bnxt_re, cxgb3/4, hfi1, hns, i40iw, mlx4, mlx5,
qib, rxe, usnic
- Rework the entire syscall flow for uverbs to be able to run over
ioctl(). Finally getting past the historic bad choice to use write()
for command execution
- More functional coverage with the mlx5 'devx' user API
- Start of the HFI1 series for 'TID RDMA'
- SRQ support in the hns driver
- Support for new IBTA defined 2x lane widths
- A big series to consolidate all the driver function pointers into
a big struct and have drivers provide a 'static const' version of the
struct instead of open coding initialization
- New 'advise_mr' uAPI to control device caching/loading of page tables
- Support for inline data in SRPT
- Modernize how umad uses the driver core and creates cdev's and sysfs
files
- First steps toward removing 'uobject' from the view of the drivers
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=T0p1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Jason Gunthorpe:
"This has been a fairly typical cycle, with the usual sorts of driver
updates. Several series continue to come through which improve and
modernize various parts of the core code, and we finally are starting
to get the uAPI command interface cleaned up.
- Various driver fixes for bnxt_re, cxgb3/4, hfi1, hns, i40iw, mlx4,
mlx5, qib, rxe, usnic
- Rework the entire syscall flow for uverbs to be able to run over
ioctl(). Finally getting past the historic bad choice to use
write() for command execution
- More functional coverage with the mlx5 'devx' user API
- Start of the HFI1 series for 'TID RDMA'
- SRQ support in the hns driver
- Support for new IBTA defined 2x lane widths
- A big series to consolidate all the driver function pointers into a
big struct and have drivers provide a 'static const' version of the
struct instead of open coding initialization
- New 'advise_mr' uAPI to control device caching/loading of page
tables
- Support for inline data in SRPT
- Modernize how umad uses the driver core and creates cdev's and
sysfs files
- First steps toward removing 'uobject' from the view of the drivers"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma: (193 commits)
RDMA/srpt: Use kmem_cache_free() instead of kfree()
RDMA/mlx5: Signedness bug in UVERBS_HANDLER()
IB/uverbs: Signedness bug in UVERBS_HANDLER()
IB/mlx5: Allocate the per-port Q counter shared when DEVX is supported
IB/umad: Start using dev_groups of class
IB/umad: Use class_groups and let core create class file
IB/umad: Refactor code to use cdev_device_add()
IB/umad: Avoid destroying device while it is accessed
IB/umad: Simplify and avoid dynamic allocation of class
IB/mlx5: Fix wrong error unwind
IB/mlx4: Remove set but not used variable 'pd'
RDMA/iwcm: Don't copy past the end of dev_name() string
IB/mlx5: Fix long EEH recover time with NVMe offloads
IB/mlx5: Simplify netdev unbinding
IB/core: Move query port to ioctl
RDMA/nldev: Expose port_cap_flags2
IB/core: uverbs copy to struct or zero helper
IB/rxe: Reuse code which sets port state
IB/rxe: Make counters thread safe
IB/mlx5: Use the correct commands for UMEM and UCTX allocation
...
Patch series "mmu notifier contextual informations", v2.
This patchset adds contextual information, why an invalidation is
happening, to mmu notifier callback. This is necessary for user of mmu
notifier that wish to maintains their own data structure without having to
add new fields to struct vm_area_struct (vma).
For instance device can have they own page table that mirror the process
address space. When a vma is unmap (munmap() syscall) the device driver
can free the device page table for the range.
Today we do not have any information on why a mmu notifier call back is
happening and thus device driver have to assume that it is always an
munmap(). This is inefficient at it means that it needs to re-allocate
device page table on next page fault and rebuild the whole device driver
data structure for the range.
Other use case beside munmap() also exist, for instance it is pointless
for device driver to invalidate the device page table when the
invalidation is for the soft dirtyness tracking. Or device driver can
optimize away mprotect() that change the page table permission access for
the range.
This patchset enables all this optimizations for device drivers. I do not
include any of those in this series but another patchset I am posting will
leverage this.
The patchset is pretty simple from a code point of view. The first two
patches consolidate all mmu notifier arguments into a struct so that it is
easier to add/change arguments. The last patch adds the contextual
information (munmap, protection, soft dirty, clear, ...).
This patch (of 3):
To avoid having to change many callback definition everytime we want to
add a parameter use a structure to group all parameters for the
mmu_notifier invalidate_range_start/end callback. No functional changes
with this patch.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/amdgpu_mn.c kerneldoc]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20181205053628.3210-2-jglisse@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Jérôme Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com> [infiniband]
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <mawilcox@microsoft.com>
Cc: Ross Zwisler <zwisler@kernel.org>
Cc: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Cc: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Cc: Radim Krcmar <rkrcmar@redhat.com>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org>
Cc: Christian Koenig <christian.koenig@amd.com>
Cc: Felix Kuehling <felix.kuehling@amd.com>
Cc: Ralph Campbell <rcampbell@nvidia.com>
Cc: John Hubbard <jhubbard@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The "num_actions" variable needs to be signed for the error handling to
work. The maximum number of actions is less than 256 so int type is large
enough for that.
Fixes: cbfdd442c4 ("IB/uverbs: Add helper to get array size from ptr attribute")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The per-port Q counter is some kernel resource and as such may be used by
few UID(s) upon DEVX usage.
To enable using it for QP/RQ when DEVX context is used need to allocate it
with a sharing mode indication to let firmware allows its usage.
The UID = 0xffff was chosen to mark it.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The destroy_workqueue on error unwind is missing, and the code jumps to
the wrong exit label.
Fixes: 813e90b1ae ("IB/mlx5: Add advise_mr() support")
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx4/qp.c: In function '_mlx4_ib_destroy_qp':
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx4/qp.c:1612:22: warning:
variable 'pd' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Fixes: e00b64f7c5 ("RDMA: Cleanup undesired pd->uobject usage")
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
On NVMe offloads connection with many IO queues, EEH takes long time to
recover. The culprit is the synchronize_srcu in the destroy_mkey. The
solution is to use synchronize_srcu only for ODP mkey.
Fixes: b4cfe447d4 ("IB/mlx5: Implement on demand paging by adding support for MMU notifiers")
Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When dealing with netdev unregister events, we just need to know that this
is our currently bounded netdev. There's no need to do any further
checks/queries.
This patch doesn't change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
During testing the command format was changed to close a security
hole. Revise the driver to use the command format that will actually be
supported in GA firmware.
Both the UMEM and UCTX are intended only for use by the kernel and cannot
be executed using a general command.
Since the UMEM and CTX are not part of the general object the caps bits
were moved to be some log_xxx location in the general HCA caps.
The firmware code was adapted as well to match the above.
Fixes: a8b92ca1b0 ("IB/mlx5: Introduce DEVX")
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Use uid as part of alloc/dealloc transport domain to let firmware manages
the resources correctly.
Fixes: d2d19121ae ("IB/mlx5: Set uid as part of TD commands")
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
From git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux
mlx5 updates taken for dependencies on following patches.
* branche 'mlx5-next': (23 commits)
IB/mlx5: Introduce uid as part of alloc/dealloc transport domain
net/mlx5: Add shared Q counter bits
net/mlx5: Continue driver initialization despite debugfs failure
net/mlx5: Fold the modify lag code into function
net/mlx5: Add lag affinity info to log
net/mlx5: Split the activate lag function into two routines
net/mlx5: E-Switch, Introduce flow counter affinity
IB/mlx5: Unify e-switch representors load approach between uplink and VFs
net/mlx5: Use lowercase 'X' for hex values
net/mlx5: Remove duplicated include from eswitch.c
net/mlx5: Remove the get protocol device interface entry
net/mlx5: Support extended destination format in flow steering command
net/mlx5: E-Switch, Change vhca id valid bool field to bit flag
net/mlx5: Introduce extended destination fields
net/mlx5: Revise gre and nvgre key formats
net/mlx5: Add monitor commands layout and event data
net/mlx5: Add support for plugged-disabled cable status in PME
net/mlx5: Add support for PCIe power slot exceeded error in PME
net/mlx5: Rework handling of port module events
net/mlx5: Move flow counters data structures from flow steering header
...
Lots of conflicts, by happily all cases of overlapping
changes, parallel adds, things of that nature.
Thanks to Stephen Rothwell, Saeed Mahameed, and others
for their guidance in these resolutions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Increasing the depth of control path command queue to 8K entries to handle
burst of commands. This feature needs support from FW and the driver/fw
compatibility is checked from the interface version number.
Signed-off-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Get HWRM interface major, minor, build and patch version from FW for
checking the FW/Driver compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Acquiring the rtnl lock while holding usdev_lock could result in a
deadlock.
For example:
usnic_ib_query_port()
| mutex_lock(&us_ibdev->usdev_lock)
| ib_get_eth_speed()
| rtnl_lock()
rtnl_lock()
| usnic_ib_netdevice_event()
| mutex_lock(&us_ibdev->usdev_lock)
This commit moves the usdev_lock acquisition after the rtnl lock has been
released.
This is safe to do because usdev_lock is not protecting anything being
accessed in ib_get_eth_speed(). Hence, the correct order of holding locks
(rtnl -> usdev_lock) is not violated.
Signed-off-by: Parvi Kaustubhi <pkaustub@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When in a sleepable (non-atomic) context, wait for firmware completion
instead of polling for it.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galpress@amazon.com>
Acked-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When in a sleepable (non-atomic) context, wait for firmware completion
instead of polling for it.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galpress@amazon.com>
Acked-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Introduce a 'flags' field to destroy address handle callback and add a
flag that marks whether the callback is executed in an atomic context or
not.
This will allow drivers to wait for completion instead of polling for it
when it is allowed.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galpress@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Introduce a 'flags' field to create address handle callback and add a flag
that marks whether the callback is executed in an atomic context or not.
This will allow drivers to wait for completion instead of polling for it
when it is allowed.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galpress@amazon.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When CONFIG_INFINIBAND_ON_DEMAND_PAGING is not enabled, we were getting
build failures for defined but not used code. Fix that.
Fixes: 813e90b1ae ("IB/mlx5: Add advise_mr() support")
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Drivers should be using udata to determine if a method is invoked from
user space or kernel space. A pd does not necessarily say a different
objects is kernel or user.
Transforming the tests to use udata eliminates a large number of uobject
references from the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Shamir Rabinovitch <shamir.rabinovitch@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The verb advise_mr() is used to give advice to the kernel about an address
range that belongs to a MR. Implement the verb and register it on the
device. The current implementation supports the only known advice to date,
prefetch.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Guy Levi <guyle@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When the parser of an ioctl command has the knowledge that a ptr attribute
in a bundle represents an array of structures, it is useful for it to know
the number of elements in the array. This is done by dividing the
attribute length with the element size.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Guy Levi <guyle@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The macro MLX4_IB_SQ_HEADROOM calculates the spare room needed to be
left. Use it instead of hard-coding the HW prefetch size.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The function accidentally returns success on this error path.
Fixes: c7bcb13442 ("RDMA/hns: Add SRQ support for hip08 kernel mode")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
We accidentally return success on this error path.
Fixes: f931551baf ("IB/qib: Add new qib driver for QLogic PCIe InfiniBand adapters")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The initialization of the ib_device_ops was dropped by mistake when
rebasing the ib_device_ops series, this patch fixes that.
Fixes: 15644f57cb ("RDMA/i40iw: Initialize ib_device_ops struct")
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Handle atomic was left as unimplemented from 2013, remove the code till
this part will be developed.
Remove the dead code by simplifying SW completion logic which is supposed
to be the same for send and receive paths.
Fixes: e126ba97db ("mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters")
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> # compile tested
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
With the introduction of SR-IOV LAG, checking whether LAG is active
is no longer good enough, since RoCE and SR-IOV LAG each entails
different behavior by both the core and infiniband drivers.
This patch introduces facilities to discern LAG type, in addition to
mlx5_lag_is_active(). These are implemented in such a way as to allow
more complex mode combinations in the future.
Signed-off-by: Aviv Heller <avivh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
mlx5-next shared branch with rdma subtree to avoid mlx5 rdma v.s. netdev
conflicts.
Highlights:
1) Lag refactroing and flow counter affinity bits.
2) mlx5 core cleanups
By Roi Dayan (2) and others
* 'mlx5-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux:
net/mlx5: Fold the modify lag code into function
net/mlx5: Add lag affinity info to log
net/mlx5: Split the activate lag function into two routines
net/mlx5: E-Switch, Introduce flow counter affinity
IB/mlx5: Unify e-switch representors load approach between uplink and VFs
net/mlx5: Use lowercase 'X' for hex values
net/mlx5: Remove duplicated include from eswitch.c
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When in switchdev mode and the add function is called by the core
level driver, make sure we only register the callbacks, but don't
create the mlx5 IB device or initialize anything. With this change
all the IB devices in switchdev mode are created only once the load
callback is invoked by the e-switch core sub-module. This follows
the design paradigm under which the all the Eth representors must
be loaded before any of IB reprs is loaded.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Make all the required change to start use the ib_device_ops structure.
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Initialize ib_device_ops with the supported operations using
ib_set_device_ops().
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Initialize ib_device_ops with the supported operations using
ib_set_device_ops().
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Initialize ib_device_ops with the supported operations using
ib_set_device_ops().
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Initialize ib_device_ops with the supported operations using
ib_set_device_ops().
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Initialize ib_device_ops with the supported operations using
ib_set_device_ops().
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Initialize ib_device_ops with the supported operations using
ib_set_device_ops().
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Initialize ib_device_ops with the supported operations using
ib_set_device_ops().
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Initialize ib_device_ops with the supported operations using
ib_set_device_ops().
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Initialize ib_device_ops with the supported operations using
ib_set_device_ops().
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Initialize ib_device_ops with the supported operations using
ib_set_device_ops().
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Initialize ib_device_ops with the supported operations using
ib_set_device_ops().
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Initialize ib_device_ops with the supported operations using
ib_set_device_ops().
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Initialize ib_device_ops with the supported operations using
ib_set_device_ops().
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Initialize ib_device_ops with the supported operations using
ib_set_device_ops().
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Initialize ib_device_ops with the supported operations using
ib_set_device_ops().
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
NULL check for kfree is unnecessary, remove it.
Fixes: b42dde478b ("IB/mlx4: Rework special QP creation error path")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
In opposite to current implementation of identification based on device
name, PCI-ID identification provides stable names suitable for device
rename. Change ocrdma debugfs representation to use PCI-ID.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
RDMA core layer already make sure port is valid, no need to check it here
again.
For the pkey validation this depends on commit b3ac5742fead ("RDMA/core:
Validate port number in query_pkey verb")
Signed-off-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
IB representors don't support creation of RAW ethernet QP flows. Disable
them by reusing existing RDMA/core support macros. We do it for both
creation and matcher because latter is not usable if no flow creation is
available.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Report to the user 2x width over MAD interface.
Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Report HDR speed when HDR is supported in CapabilityMask2 and the actual
speed is HDR.
Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
CapabilityMask2 exists when IB_PORT_CAP_MASK2_SUP is set in the original
capability mask. In such cases, query its value and report it in query
port.
Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Add the new rates that were added to Infiniband spec as part of HDR and 2x
support.
Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch implements a cmdq to enable the loopback of ssu module
according to the modified hardware desgin.
The ssu consists of ingress unit, packet buffer and programmable packet
process unit. if the loopback bit of ssu is not enabled, the roce packet
with loopback bit will fail.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch updates the implementation of the mailbox command interface by
using command queue instead of operating registers. With this update, the
software can be well decoupled with the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Yixian Liu <liuyixian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Hu (Xavier) <xavier.huwei@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
It will prevent multiply overflow when defines the pbl for u64 type.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch move the codes of qp state transition into the new function as
well as simplify the logic for other qp states transition.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
It needs to clear qp context previous when init qp context. Otherwise,
the newly created qp context residue has the contents of the qp context
before the uninstall, and the qp context content is disordered, causing
the task to fail.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
mlx5-next shared branch with rdma subtree to avoid mlx5 rdma v.s. netdev
conflicts.
Highlights:
1) RDMA ODP (On Demand Paging) improvements and moving ODP logic to
mlx5 RDMA driver
2) Improved mlx5 core driver and device events handling and provided API
for upper layers to subscribe to device events.
3) RDMA only code cleanup from mlx5 core
4) Add helper to get CQE opcode
5) Rework handling of port module events
6) shared mlx5_ifc.h updates to avoid conflicts
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
GRE RFC defines a 32 bit key field. NVGRE RFC splits the 32 bit
key field to 24 bit VSID (gre_key_h) and 8 bit flow entropy (gre_key_l).
Define the two key parsing alternatives in a union, thus enabling both
access methods.
Signed-off-by: Oz Shlomo <ozsh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Eli Britstein <elibr@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Several conflicts, seemingly all over the place.
I used Stephen Rothwell's sample resolutions for many of these, if not
just to double check my own work, so definitely the credit largely
goes to him.
The NFP conflict consisted of a bug fix (moving operations
past the rhashtable operation) while chaning the initial
argument in the function call in the moved code.
The net/dsa/master.c conflict had to do with a bug fix intermixing of
making dsa_master_set_mtu() static with the fixing of the tagging
attribute location.
cls_flower had a conflict because the dup reject fix from Or
overlapped with the addition of port range classifiction.
__set_phy_supported()'s conflict was relatively easy to resolve
because Andrew fixed it in both trees, so it was just a matter
of taking the net-next copy. Or at least I think it was :-)
Joe Stringer's fix to the handling of netns id 0 in bpf_sk_lookup()
intermixed with changes on how the sdif and caller_net are calculated
in these code paths in net-next.
The remaining BPF conflicts were largely about the addition of the
__bpf_md_ptr stuff in 'net' overlapping with adjustments and additions
to the relevant data structure where the MD pointer macros are used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new helper that extracts the opcode
from a CQE (completion queue entry) structure.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Danit Goldberg says:
Packet based credit mode
Packet based credit mode is an alternative end-to-end credit mode for QPs
set during their creation. Credits are transported from the responder to
the requester to optimize the use of its receive resources. In
packet-based credit mode, credits are issued on a per packet basis.
The advantage of this feature comes while sending large RDMA messages
through switches that are short in memory.
The first commit exposes QP creation flag and the HCA capability. The
second commit adds support for a new DV QP creation flag. The last commit
report packet based credit mode capability via the MLX5DV device
capabilities.
* branch 'mlx5-packet-credit-fc':
IB/mlx5: Report packet based credit mode device capability
IB/mlx5: Add packet based credit mode support
net/mlx5: Expose packet based credit mode
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Report packet based credit mode capability via the mlx5 DV interface.
Signed-off-by: Danit Goldberg <danitg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The device can support two credit modes, message based (default) and
packet based. In order to enable packet based mode, the QP should be
created with special flag that indicates this.
This patch adds support for the new DV QP creation flag that can be used
for RC QPs in order to change the credit mode.
Signed-off-by: Danit Goldberg <danitg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Flow table can be passed as a DEVX object which is a valid destination in
an EGRESS flow. Fix the original code to allow that.
Fixes: a7ee18bdee ("RDMA/mlx5: Allow creating a matcher for a NIC TX flow table")
Signed-off-by: Alex Vesker <valex@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This fixes a compilation warning in sysfs.c
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx4/sysfs.c:360:2: warning: 'strncpy' output may be
truncated copying 8 bytes from a string of length 31
[-Wstringop-truncation]
By eliminating the temporary stack buffer.
Signed-off-by: Qian Cai <cai@gmx.us>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Commit 4e045572e2 ("IB/hfi1: Add unique txwait_lock for txreq events")
laid the ground work to support per resource waiting locking.
This patch adds that with a lock unique to each sdma engine and pio
sendcontext and makes necessary changes for verbs, PSM, and vnic to use
the new locks.
This is particularly beneficial for smaller messages that will exhaust
resources at a faster rate.
Fixes: 7724105686 ("IB/hfi1: add driver files")
Reviewed-by: Gary Leshner <Gary.S.Leshner@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The call to sdma_progress() is called outside the wait lock.
In this case, there is a race condition where sdma_progress() can return
false and the sdma_engine can idle. If that happens, there will be no
more sdma interrupts to cause the wakeup and the vnic_sdma xmit will hang.
Fix by moving the lock to enclose the sdma_progress() call.
Also, delete the tx_retry. The need for this was removed by:
commit bcad29137a ("IB/hfi1: Serve the most starved iowait entry first")
Fixes: 64551ede6c ("IB/hfi1: VNIC SDMA support")
Reviewed-by: Gary Leshner <Gary.S.Leshner@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch adds an interface to allow the driver to initialize the QP priv
struct when the QP is created and after the qpn has been assigned. A
field is added to the QP priv struct to reference the rcd and two new
files are added to contain the function to initialize the rcd field so
that more TID RDMA related code can be added here later.
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The OPFN and TID RDMA capability bits are added to allow users to control
which feature is enabled and disabled.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Currently, When a reserved operation is completed, its entry in the send
queue will not be unreserved, which leads to the miscalculation of
qp->s_avail and thus the triggering of a WARN_ON call trace. This patch
fixes the problem by unreserving the reserved operation when it is
completed.
Fixes: 856cc4c237 ("IB/hfi1: Add the capability for reserved operations")
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Ingress packet check for 16B/bypass packets should consider the port
LMC. Not doing this will result in packets sent to the LMC LIDs getting
dropped. The check is implemented in HW for 9B packets.
Reviewed-by: Mike Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
An incorrect sge sizing in the HFI PIO path will cause an OOPs similar to
this:
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)
IP: [] hfi1_verbs_send_pio+0x3d8/0x530 [hfi1]
PGD 0
Oops: 0000 1 SMP
Call Trace:
? hfi1_verbs_send_dma+0xad0/0xad0 [hfi1]
hfi1_verbs_send+0xdf/0x250 [hfi1]
? make_rc_ack+0xa80/0xa80 [hfi1]
hfi1_do_send+0x192/0x430 [hfi1]
hfi1_do_send_from_rvt+0x10/0x20 [hfi1]
rvt_post_send+0x369/0x820 [rdmavt]
ib_uverbs_post_send+0x317/0x570 [ib_uverbs]
ib_uverbs_write+0x26f/0x420 [ib_uverbs]
? security_file_permission+0x21/0xa0
vfs_write+0xbd/0x1e0
? mntput+0x24/0x40
SyS_write+0x7f/0xe0
system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
Fix by adding the missing sizing check to correctly determine the sge
length.
Fixes: 7724105686 ("IB/hfi1: add driver files")
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
VNIC assumes that all SDMA engines have been configured for use. This is
not necessarily true (i.e. if the count was constrained by the module
parameter).
Update VNICs usage to use the configured count, rather than the hardware
count.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Gary Leshner <gary.s.leshner@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
A CA is supposed to ignore FECN bits in multicast, ACK, and CNP
packets. This patch corrects the behavior of the HFI1 driver in this
regard by ignoring FECNs in those packet types.
While fixing the above behavior, fix the extraction of the FECN and BECN
bits from the packet headers for both 9B and 16B packets.
Furthermore, this patch corrects the driver's response to a FECN in RDMA
READ RESPONSE packets. Instead of sending an "empty" ACK, the driver now
sends a CNP packet. While editing that code path, add the missing trace
for CNP packets.
Fixes: 88733e3b84 ("IB/hfi1: Add 16B UD support")
Fixes: f59fb9e051 ("IB/hfi1: Fix handling of FECN marked multicast packet")
Reviewed-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When it is requested to change its physical state back to Offline while in
the process to go up, DC8051 will set the ERROR field in the
DC8051_DBG_ERR_INFO_SET_BY_8051 register. This ERROR field will remain
until the next time when DC8051 transitions from Offline to Polling.
Subsequently, when the host requests DC8051 to change its physical state
to Polling again, it may receive a DC8051 interrupt with the stale ERROR
field still in DC8051_DBG_ERR_INFO_SET_BY_8051. If the host link state has
been changed to Polling, this stale ERROR will force the host to
transition to Offline state, resulting in a vicious cycle of Polling
->Offline->Polling->Offline. On the other hand, if the host link state is
still Offline when the stale ERROR is received, the stale ERROR will be
ignored, and the link will come up correctly. This patch implements the
correct behavior by changing host link state to Polling only after DC8051
changes its physical state to Polling.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Goreczny <krzysztof.goreczny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch dumps the pio info for non-user send contexts to assist
debugging in the field.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniczyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch implements the process flow of SRQ asynchronous
event.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch implements the SRQ(Share Receive Queue) verbs
and update the poll cq verbs to deal with SRQ complentions.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch inits hem resource for SRQ table, includes
SRQWQE and SRQWQE index resource.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch configures the flags for enabling the
SRQ(Share Receive Queue) capacity as well as update the
verb of querying device for setting srq specifications.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Allows XRC usage from the verbs flow in a DEVX context.
As XRCD is some shared kernel resource between processes it should be
created with UID=0 to point on that.
As a result once XRC QP/SRQ are created they must be used as well with
UID=0 so that firmware will allow the XRCD usage.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Update the supported DEVX commands, it includes adding to the
query/modify command's list and to the encoding handling.
In addition, a valid range for general commands was added to be used for
future commands.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Enforce DEVX privilege by firmware, this enables future device
functionality without the need to make driver changes unless a new
privilege type will be introduced.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Enables modify and query verbs objects via the DEVX interface.
To support this the above DEVX handlers were changed to get any
object type via the UVERBS_IDR_ANY_OBJECT mechanism.
The type checking and handling is done per object as part of the
driver code.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The enhanced devx support series needs commit:
9d43faac02 ("net/mlx5: Update mlx5_ifc with DEVX UCTX capabilities bits")
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
There is no need to perform modify_rmp in two separate function,
while one of them uses stack as a placeholder for data while other
allocates it dynamically. Combine those two functions to one call
instead of two.
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
There is no need to perform create_rmp in two separate function, while
one of them uses stack as a placeholder for data while other allocates
it dynamically. Combine those two functions to one instead of two.
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Transfer initialization and cleanup from mlx5_priv struct of
mlx5_core_dev to be part of mlx5_ib_dev. This completes removal
of SRQ from mlx5_core.
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reflect the change of moving SRQ code from mlx5_core to mlx5_ib by
updating function signatures do not require mlx5_core_dev as an input,
because all operations in mlx5_ib are supposed to use mlx5_ib_dev.
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reuse existing infrastructure to initialize and release DEVX uid.
The DevX interface is intended for user space access, so it is supposed
to be initialized before ib_register_device(). Also it isn't supported
in switchdev mode and don't need to initialize it in that mode.
Fixes: 76dc5a8406 ("IB/mlx5: Manage device uid for DEVX white list commands")
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
SRQ signature is not supported, hence no need for special static
global variable to announce it.
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
There is no need to keep SRQ which is RDMA object in mlx5_core.
In this patch, we partially move the execution code, while next patches
will move table initialization/release logic too.
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Ensure that both RDMA and netdev parts of SRQ implementation
has same copyright and license information annotated by SPDX
tags.
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Since any page fault may be interrupted by a MMU invalidation and implicit
leaf MR may be released during this process. The check for parent value
is unreliable condition for an implicit MR.
Use other condition that we can rely on to determine if MR is implicit.
Fixes: b4cfe447d4 ("IB/mlx5: Implement on demand paging by adding support for MMU notifiers")
Signed-off-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
A recent performance enhancement introduced a latency issue in the
HFI message path. The new algorithm removed a forced call send for
PIO messages and added a forced schedule event for messages larger
than the MTU.
For PIO, the schedule path can introduce thrashing that can
significantly impact the throughput for small messages.
If a message size is within the PIO threshold, always take the send
path.
Fixes: 0b79b27748 ("IB/{hfi1, qib, rdmavt}: Schedule multi RC/UC packets instead of posting")
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Handle FW general event rq delay drop as it was received from FW via mlx5
notifiers API, instead of handling the processed software version of that
event. After this patch we can safely remove all software processed FW
events types and definitions.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use the FW version of the port change event as forwarded via new mlx5
notifiers API.
After this patch, processed software version of the port change event
will become deprecated and will be totally removed in downstream
patches.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Remove the deprecated mlx5_interface->event mlx5_ib callback and use new
mlx5 notifier API to subscribe for mlx5 events.
For native mlx5_ib devices profiles pf_profile/nic_rep_profile register
the notifier callback mlx5_ib_handle_event which treats the notifier
context as mlx5_ib_dev.
For vport repesentors, don't register any notifier, same as before, they
didn't receive any mlx5 events.
For slave port (mlx5_ib_multiport_info) register a different notifier
callback mlx5_ib_event_slave_port, which knows that the event is coming
for mlx5_ib_multiport_info and prepares the event job accordingly.
Before this on the event handler work we had to ask mlx5_core if this is
a slave port mlx5_core_is_mp_slave(work->dev), now it is not needed
anymore.
mlx5_ib_multiport_info notifier registration is done on
mlx5_ib_bind_slave_port and de-registration is done on
mlx5_ib_unbind_slave_port.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The current implementation of create QP requires contiguous memory, such a
requirement is problematic once the memory is fragmented or the system is
low in memory, it causes failures in dma_zalloc_coherent().
This patch takes advantage of the new mlx5_core API which allocates a
fragmented buffer. This makes the QP creation much more resilient to
memory fragmentation. Data-path code was adapted to the fact that WQEs can
cross buffers.
We also use the opportunity to fix some cosmetic legacy coding convention
errors which were in the feature scope.
Signed-off-by: Guy Levi <guyle@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The current implementation of create SRQ requires contiguous memory, such
a requirement is problematic once the memory is fragmented or the system
is low in memory, it causes failures in dma_zalloc_coherent().
This patch takes the advantage of the new mlx5_core API which allocates a
fragmented buffer, and makes the SRQ creation much more resilient to
memory fragmentation. Data-path code was adapted to the fact that WQEs can
cross buffers.
Signed-off-by: Guy Levi <guyle@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Allow a user to attach a DEVX counter via mlx5 raw flow creation. In order
to attach a counter we introduce a new attribute:
MLX5_IB_ATTR_CREATE_FLOW_ARR_COUNTERS_DEVX
A counter can be attached to multiple flow steering rules.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
QIB driver was added in 2010 with many BUG_ON(), most of them were cleaned
out after years of development and usages.
It looks like that it is safe now to remove rest of BUG_ONs.
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
There is a spelling mistake in a usnic_err error message, fix it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Fix spelling mistake in usnic_err error message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Pagefaults occurred in non-ODP MR are completely valid events, so
initialize return variable to 0.
Fixes: 4d5422a309 ("IB/mlx5: Skip non-ODP MR when handling a page fault")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The uverbs_attr_bundle already contains this pointer, and most methods
don't actually need it. Get rid of the redundant function argument.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Now that we can add meta-data to the description of write() methods we
need to pass the uverbs_attr_bundle into all write based handlers so
future patches can use it as a container for any new data transferred out
of the core.
This is the first step to bringing the write() and ioctl() methods to a
common interface signature.
This is a simple search/replace, and we push the attr down into the uobj
and other APIs to keep changes minimal.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
There is a spelling mistake in the module description text, fix it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Memory windows are implemented with an indirect MKey, when a page fault
event comes for a MW Mkey we need to find the MR at the end of the list of
the indirect MKeys by iterating on all items from the first to the last.
The offset calculated during this process has to be zeroed after the first
iteration or the next iteration will start from a wrong address, resulting
incorrect ODP faulting behavior.
Fixes: db570d7dea ("IB/mlx5: Add ODP support to MW")
Signed-off-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
It is possible that we call pagefault_single_data_segment() with a MKey
that belongs to a memory region which is not on demand (i.e. pinned
pages). This can happen if, for instance, a WQE that points to multiple
MRs where some of them are ODP MRs and some are not. In this case we
don't need to handle this MR in the ODP context besides reporting success.
Otherwise the code will call pagefault_mr() which will do to_ib_umem_odp()
on a non-ODP MR and thus access out of bounds.
Fixes: 7bdf65d411 ("IB/mlx5: Handle page faults")
Signed-off-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
I do not see how one can effectively use skb_insert() without holding
some kind of lock. Otherwise other cpus could have changed the list
right before we have a chance of acquiring list->lock.
Only existing user is in drivers/infiniband/hw/nes/nes_mgt.c and this
one probably meant to use __skb_insert() since it appears nesqp->pau_list
is protected by nesqp->pau_lock. This looks like nesqp->pau_lock
could be removed, since nesqp->pau_list.lock could be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Faisal Latif <faisal.latif@intel.com>
Cc: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Cc: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@ziepe.ca>
Cc: linux-rdma <linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current hns driver assigned the first two PBL page addresses from previous
registered MR to the hardware when reregister MR changing the memory
locations occurred. This will lead to PBL addressing error as the PBL has
already been released. This patch fixes this wrong assignment by using the
page address from new allocated PBL.
Fixes: a2c80b7b41 ("RDMA/hns: Add rereg mr support for hip08")
Signed-off-by: Yixian Liu <liuyixian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
If the fw supports returning VIN/VIVLD in FW_VI_CMD save it
in port_info structure else retrieve these from viid and save
them in port_info structure. Do the same for smt_idx from
FW_VI_MAC_CMD
Signed-off-by: Santosh Rastapur <santosh@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Perform CQ initialization in the driver when the capability is supported
by the FW. When passing the CQ to HW indicate that the CQ buffer has
been pre-initialized.
Doing so decreases CQ creation time. Testing on P8 showed a single 2048
entry CQ creation time was reduced from ~395us to ~170us, which is
2.3x faster.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rely on UAPI_DEF_IS_OBJ_SUPPORTED instead of manipulating the contents of
the driver's definition list.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
The 'tree' data structure is very hard to build at compile time, and this
makes it very limited. The new radix tree based compiler can handle a more
complex input language that does not require the compiler to perfectly
group everything into a neat tree structure.
Instead use a simple list to describe to input, where the list elements
can be of various different 'opcodes' instructing the radix compiler what
to do. Start out with opcodes chaining to other definition lists and
chaining to the existing 'tree' definition.
Replace the very top level of the 'object tree' with this list type and
get rid of struct uverbs_object_tree_def and DECLARE_UVERBS_OBJECT_TREE.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
For DM there is no reason not to add the spec for the START_OFFSET, if DM
is not supported then ib_dev.alloc_dm is already set to NULL which ensures
we do not call the method.
For IPSEC, the core code should be setting ib_dev.create_flow_action_esp
to NULL to disable it, not relying on wonky manipulation of the specs.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
The mlx4 driver does not trigger an IB_EVENT_PORT_ACTIVE when the RoCE
network interface is activated. When SMC determines the RoCE device port
to be used, it checks the port states. This patch triggers IB events for
NETDEV_UP and NETDEV_DOWN.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Only retry connection setup with MPAv1 if the peer actually aborted the
connection upon receiving the MPAv2 start message. This avoids retrying
with MPAv1 in the case where the connection was aborted due to retransmit
timeouts.
Fixes: d2fe99e86b ("RDMA/cxgb4: Add support for MPAv2 Enhanced RDMA Negotiation")
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
From git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux
mlx5 updates taken for dependencies on later ODP patches.
Conflict resolved by deleting mlx5_ib_get_vector_affinity()
* branch 'mlx5-next': (21 commits)
net/mlx5: EQ, Make EQE access methods inline
{net,IB}/mlx5: Move Page fault EQ and ODP logic to RDMA
net/mlx5: EQ, Generic EQ
net/mlx5: EQ, Different EQ types
net/mlx5: EQ, Privatize eq_table and friends
net/mlx5: EQ, irq_info and rmap belong to eq_table
net/mlx5: EQ, Create all EQs in one place
net/mlx5: EQ, Move all EQ logic to eq.c
net/mlx5: EQ, Remove redundant completion EQ list lock
net/mlx5: EQ, No need to store eq index as a field
net/mlx5: EQ, Remove unused fields and structures
net/mlx5: EQ, Use the right place to store/read IRQ affinity hint
IB/mlx5: Improve ODP debugging messages
net/mlx5: Use multi threaded workqueue for page fault handling
net/mlx5: Return success for PAGE_FAULT_RESUME in internal error state
IB/mlx5: Lock QP during page fault handling
net/mlx5: Enumerate page fault types
net/mlx5: Add interface to hold and release core resources
net/mlx5: Release resource on error flow
net/mlx5: Fix offsets of ifc reserved fields
...
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This is required so the user can set the SL on the DC QP.
Signed-off-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yossi Itigin <yosefe@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
If the firmware reports a connection width that is not 1x, 4x, 8x or 12x
it causes the driver to fail during initialization.
To prevent this failure every time a new width is introduced to the RDMA
stack, we will set a default 4x width for these widths which ar unknown to
the driver.
This is needed to allow to run old kernels with new firmware.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.1
Fixes: 1b5daf11b0 ("IB/mlx5: Avoid using the MAD_IFC command under ISSI > 0 mode")
Signed-off-by: Michael Guralnik <michaelgur@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Extended atomics are supported with RC and XRC QP types, but the commit
citied in the Fixes line added an unneeded check to
to_mlx5_access_flags. This broke XRC QPs.
The following ib_atomic_bw invocation over XRC reproduces the issue:
ib_atomic_bw -d mlx5_1 --connection=XRC --atomic_type=FETCH_AND_ADD
It is safe to remove such checks because the QP type was already checked
in ib_modify_qp_is_ok(), which was previously called from
mlx5_ib_modify_qp.
Fixes: a60109dc9a ("IB/mlx5: Add support for extended atomic operations")
Signed-off-by: Yonatan Cohen <yonatanc@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Currently, for IB_WR_LOCAL_INV WR, when the next fence is None, the
current fence will be SMALL instead of Normal Fence.
Without this patch krping doesn't work on CX-5 devices and throws
following error:
The error messages are from CX5 driver are: (from server side)
[ 710.434014] mlx5_0:dump_cqe:278:(pid 2712): dump error cqe
[ 710.434016] 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
[ 710.434016] 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
[ 710.434017] 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
[ 710.434018] 00000000 93003204 100000b8 000524d2
[ 710.434019] krping: cq completion failed with wr_id 0 status 4 opcode 128 vender_err 32
Fixed the logic to set the correct fence type.
Fixes: 6e8484c5cf ("RDMA/mlx5: set UMR wqe fence according to HCA cap")
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Use the new generic EQ API to move all ODP RDMA data structures and logic
form mlx5 core driver into mlx5_ib driver.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Move unnecessary EQ table structures and declaration from the
public include/linux/mlx5/driver.h into the private area of mlx5_core
and into eq.c/eq.h.
Introduce new mlx5 EQ APIs:
mlx5_comp_vectors_count(dev);
mlx5_comp_irq_get_affinity_mask(dev, vector);
And use them from mlx5_ib or mlx5e netdevice instead of direct access to
mlx5_core internal structures.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Add and modify debug messages to ODP related error flows.
In that context, return code EAGAIN is considered less severe and print
level for it is set debug instead of warn.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
When page fault event for a WQE arrives, the event data contains the
resource (e.g. QP) number which will later be used by the page fault
handler to retrieve the resource. Meanwhile, another context can destroy
the resource and cause use-after-free. To avoid that, take a reference on the
resource when handler starts and release it when it ends.
Page fault events for RDMA operations don't need to be protected because
the driver doesn't need to access the QP in the page fault handler.
Fixes: d9aaed8387 ("{net,IB}/mlx5: Refactor page fault handling")
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
The following:
skb = skb->next;
...
if (skb == (struct sk_buff *)queue)
is transformed into:
skb = skb_peek_next(skb, queue);
...
if (!skb)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use __vlan_hwaccel_put_tag() to set vlan tag and proto fields.
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devices that does not use managed affinity can not export a vector
affinity as the consumer relies on having a static mapping it can map to
upper layer affinity (e.g. sw queues). If the driver allows the user to
set the device irq affinity, then the affinitization of a long term
existing entites is not relevant.
For example, nvme-rdma controllers queue-irq affinitization is determined
at init time so if the irq affinity changes over time, we are no longer
aligned.
Signed-off-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagi@grimberg.me>
Acked-by: Shiraz Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Devices that does not use managed affinity can not export a vector
affinity as the consumer relies on having a static mapping it can map to
upper layer affinity (e.g. sw queues). If the driver allows the user to
set the device irq affinity, then the affinitization of a long term
existing entites is not relevant.
For example, nvme-rdma controllers queue-irq affinitization is determined
at init time so if the irq affinity changes over time, we are no longer
aligned.
Signed-off-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagi@grimberg.me>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This is a mechanical transformation, no change in logic.
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Revert 5ff7091f5a ("mm, mmu_notifier: annotate mmu notifiers with
blockable invalidate callbacks").
MMU_INVALIDATE_DOES_NOT_BLOCK flags was the only one used and it is no
longer needed since 93065ac753 ("mm, oom: distinguish blockable mode for
mmu notifiers"). We now have a full support for per range !blocking
behavior so we can drop the stop gap workaround which the per notifier
flag was used for.
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180827112623.8992-4-mhocko@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Cc: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Cc: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This has been a smaller cycle with many of the commits being smallish code
fixes and improvements across the drivers.
- Driver updates for bnxt_re, cxgb4, hfi1, hns, mlx5, nes, qedr, and rxe
- Memory window support in hns
- mlx5 user API 'flow mutate/steering' allows accessing the full packet
mangling and matching machinery from user space
- Support inter-working with verbs API calls in the 'devx' mlx5 user API, and
provide options to use devx with less privilege
- Modernize the use of syfs and the device interface to use attribute groups
and cdev properly for uverbs, and clean up some of the core code's device list
management
- More progress on net namespaces for RDMA devices
- Consolidate driver BAR mmapping support into core code helpers and rework
how RDMA holds poitners to mm_struct for get_user_pages cases
- First pass to use 'dev_name' instead of ib_device->name
- Device renaming for RDMA devices
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=pacJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Jason Gunthorpe:
"This has been a smaller cycle with many of the commits being smallish
code fixes and improvements across the drivers.
- Driver updates for bnxt_re, cxgb4, hfi1, hns, mlx5, nes, qedr, and
rxe
- Memory window support in hns
- mlx5 user API 'flow mutate/steering' allows accessing the full
packet mangling and matching machinery from user space
- Support inter-working with verbs API calls in the 'devx' mlx5 user
API, and provide options to use devx with less privilege
- Modernize the use of syfs and the device interface to use attribute
groups and cdev properly for uverbs, and clean up some of the core
code's device list management
- More progress on net namespaces for RDMA devices
- Consolidate driver BAR mmapping support into core code helpers and
rework how RDMA holds poitners to mm_struct for get_user_pages
cases
- First pass to use 'dev_name' instead of ib_device->name
- Device renaming for RDMA devices"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma: (242 commits)
IB/mlx5: Add support for extended atomic operations
RDMA/core: Fix comment for hw stats init for port == 0
RDMA/core: Refactor ib_register_device() function
RDMA/core: Fix unwinding flow in case of error to register device
ib_srp: Remove WARN_ON in srp_terminate_io()
IB/mlx5: Allow scatter to CQE without global signaled WRs
IB/mlx5: Verify that driver supports user flags
IB/mlx5: Support scatter to CQE for DC transport type
RDMA/drivers: Use core provided API for registering device attributes
RDMA/core: Allow existing drivers to set one sysfs group per device
IB/rxe: Remove unnecessary enum values
RDMA/umad: Use kernel API to allocate umad indexes
RDMA/uverbs: Use kernel API to allocate uverbs indexes
RDMA/core: Increase total number of RDMA ports across all devices
IB/mlx4: Add port and TID to MAD debug print
IB/mlx4: Enable debug print of SMPs
RDMA/core: Rename ports_parent to ports_kobj
RDMA/core: Do not expose unsupported counters
IB/mlx4: Refer to the device kobject instead of ports_parent
RDMA/nldev: Allow IB device rename through RDMA netlink
...
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=58I4
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pci-v4.20-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci
Pull PCI updates from Bjorn Helgaas:
- Fix ASPM link_state teardown on removal (Lukas Wunner)
- Fix misleading _OSC ASPM message (Sinan Kaya)
- Make _OSC optional for PCI (Sinan Kaya)
- Don't initialize ASPM link state when ACPI_FADT_NO_ASPM is set
(Patrick Talbert)
- Remove x86 and arm64 node-local allocation for host bridge structures
(Punit Agrawal)
- Pay attention to device-specific _PXM node values (Jonathan Cameron)
- Support new Immediate Readiness bit (Felipe Balbi)
- Differentiate between pciehp surprise and safe removal (Lukas Wunner)
- Remove unnecessary pciehp includes (Lukas Wunner)
- Drop pciehp hotplug_slot_ops wrappers (Lukas Wunner)
- Tolerate PCIe Slot Presence Detect being hardwired to zero to
workaround broken hardware, e.g., the Wilocity switch/wireless device
(Lukas Wunner)
- Unify pciehp controller & slot structs (Lukas Wunner)
- Constify hotplug_slot_ops (Lukas Wunner)
- Drop hotplug_slot_info (Lukas Wunner)
- Embed hotplug_slot struct into users instead of allocating it
separately (Lukas Wunner)
- Initialize PCIe port service drivers directly instead of relying on
initcall ordering (Keith Busch)
- Restore PCI config state after a slot reset (Keith Busch)
- Save/restore DPC config state along with other PCI config state
(Keith Busch)
- Reference count devices during AER handling to avoid race issue with
concurrent hot removal (Keith Busch)
- If an Upstream Port reports ERR_FATAL, don't try to read the Port's
config space because it is probably unreachable (Keith Busch)
- During error handling, use slot-specific reset instead of secondary
bus reset to avoid link up/down issues on hotplug ports (Keith Busch)
- Restore previous AER/DPC handling that does not remove and
re-enumerate devices on ERR_FATAL (Keith Busch)
- Notify all drivers that may be affected by error recovery resets
(Keith Busch)
- Always generate error recovery uevents, even if a driver doesn't have
error callbacks (Keith Busch)
- Make PCIe link active reporting detection generic (Keith Busch)
- Support D3cold in PCIe hierarchies during system sleep and runtime,
including hotplug and Thunderbolt ports (Mika Westerberg)
- Handle hpmemsize/hpiosize kernel parameters uniformly, whether slots
are empty or occupied (Jon Derrick)
- Remove duplicated include from pci/pcie/err.c and unused variable
from cpqphp (YueHaibing)
- Remove driver pci_cleanup_aer_uncorrect_error_status() calls (Oza
Pawandeep)
- Uninline PCI bus accessors for better ftracing (Keith Busch)
- Remove unused AER Root Port .error_resume method (Keith Busch)
- Use kfifo in AER instead of a local version (Keith Busch)
- Use threaded IRQ in AER bottom half (Keith Busch)
- Use managed resources in AER core (Keith Busch)
- Reuse pcie_port_find_device() for AER injection (Keith Busch)
- Abstract AER interrupt handling to disconnect error injection (Keith
Busch)
- Refactor AER injection callbacks to simplify future improvments
(Keith Busch)
- Remove unused Netronome NFP32xx Device IDs (Jakub Kicinski)
- Use bitmap_zalloc() for dma_alias_mask (Andy Shevchenko)
- Add switch fall-through annotations (Gustavo A. R. Silva)
- Remove unused Switchtec quirk variable (Joshua Abraham)
- Fix pci.c kernel-doc warning (Randy Dunlap)
- Remove trivial PCI wrappers for DMA APIs (Christoph Hellwig)
- Add Intel GPU device IDs to spurious interrupt quirk (Bin Meng)
- Run Switchtec DMA aliasing quirk only on NTB endpoints to avoid
useless dmesg errors (Logan Gunthorpe)
- Update Switchtec NTB documentation (Wesley Yung)
- Remove redundant "default n" from Kconfig (Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz)
- Avoid panic when drivers enable MSI/MSI-X twice (Tonghao Zhang)
- Add PCI support for peer-to-peer DMA (Logan Gunthorpe)
- Add sysfs group for PCI peer-to-peer memory statistics (Logan
Gunthorpe)
- Add PCI peer-to-peer DMA scatterlist mapping interface (Logan
Gunthorpe)
- Add PCI configfs/sysfs helpers for use by peer-to-peer users (Logan
Gunthorpe)
- Add PCI peer-to-peer DMA driver writer's documentation (Logan
Gunthorpe)
- Add block layer flag to indicate driver support for PCI peer-to-peer
DMA (Logan Gunthorpe)
- Map Infiniband scatterlists for peer-to-peer DMA if they contain P2P
memory (Logan Gunthorpe)
- Register nvme-pci CMB buffer as PCI peer-to-peer memory (Logan
Gunthorpe)
- Add nvme-pci support for PCI peer-to-peer memory in requests (Logan
Gunthorpe)
- Use PCI peer-to-peer memory in nvme (Stephen Bates, Steve Wise,
Christoph Hellwig, Logan Gunthorpe)
- Cache VF config space size to optimize enumeration of many VFs
(KarimAllah Ahmed)
- Remove unnecessary <linux/pci-ats.h> include (Bjorn Helgaas)
- Fix VMD AERSID quirk Device ID matching (Jon Derrick)
- Fix Cadence PHY handling during probe (Alan Douglas)
- Signal Cadence Endpoint interrupts via AXI region 0 instead of last
region (Alan Douglas)
- Write Cadence Endpoint MSI interrupts with 32 bits of data (Alan
Douglas)
- Remove redundant controller tests for "device_type == pci" (Rob
Herring)
- Document R-Car E3 (R8A77990) bindings (Tho Vu)
- Add device tree support for R-Car r8a7744 (Biju Das)
- Drop unused mvebu PCIe capability code (Thomas Petazzoni)
- Add shared PCI bridge emulation code (Thomas Petazzoni)
- Convert mvebu to use shared PCI bridge emulation (Thomas Petazzoni)
- Add aardvark Root Port emulation (Thomas Petazzoni)
- Support 100MHz/200MHz refclocks for i.MX6 (Lucas Stach)
- Add initial power management for i.MX7 (Leonard Crestez)
- Add PME_Turn_Off support for i.MX7 (Leonard Crestez)
- Fix qcom runtime power management error handling (Bjorn Andersson)
- Update TI dra7xx unaligned access errata workaround for host mode as
well as endpoint mode (Vignesh R)
- Fix kirin section mismatch warning (Nathan Chancellor)
- Remove iproc PAXC slot check to allow VF support (Jitendra Bhivare)
- Quirk Keystone K2G to limit MRRS to 256 (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Update Keystone to use MRRS quirk for host bridge instead of open
coding (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Refactor Keystone link establishment (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Simplify and speed up Keystone link training (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Remove unused Keystone host_init argument (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Merge Keystone driver files into one (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Remove redundant Keystone platform_set_drvdata() (Kishon Vijay
Abraham I)
- Rename Keystone functions for uniformity (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Add Keystone device control module DT binding (Kishon Vijay Abraham
I)
- Use SYSCON API to get Keystone control module device IDs (Kishon
Vijay Abraham I)
- Clean up Keystone PHY handling (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Use runtime PM APIs to enable Keystone clock (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Clean up Keystone config space access checks (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Get Keystone outbound window count from DT (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Clean up Keystone outbound window configuration (Kishon Vijay Abraham
I)
- Clean up Keystone DBI setup (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Clean up Keystone ks_pcie_link_up() (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Fix Keystone IRQ status checking (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Add debug messages for all Keystone errors (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Clean up Keystone includes and macros (Kishon Vijay Abraham I)
- Fix Mediatek unchecked return value from devm_pci_remap_iospace()
(Gustavo A. R. Silva)
- Fix Mediatek endpoint/port matching logic (Honghui Zhang)
- Change Mediatek Root Port Class Code to PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_PCI (Honghui
Zhang)
- Remove redundant Mediatek PM domain check (Honghui Zhang)
- Convert Mediatek to pci_host_probe() (Honghui Zhang)
- Fix Mediatek MSI enablement (Honghui Zhang)
- Add Mediatek system PM support for MT2712 and MT7622 (Honghui Zhang)
- Add Mediatek loadable module support (Honghui Zhang)
- Detach VMD resources after stopping root bus to prevent orphan
resources (Jon Derrick)
- Convert pcitest build process to that used by other tools (iio, perf,
etc) (Gustavo Pimentel)
* tag 'pci-v4.20-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci: (140 commits)
PCI/AER: Refactor error injection fallbacks
PCI/AER: Abstract AER interrupt handling
PCI/AER: Reuse existing pcie_port_find_device() interface
PCI/AER: Use managed resource allocations
PCI: pcie: Remove redundant 'default n' from Kconfig
PCI: aardvark: Implement emulated root PCI bridge config space
PCI: mvebu: Convert to PCI emulated bridge config space
PCI: mvebu: Drop unused PCI express capability code
PCI: Introduce PCI bridge emulated config space common logic
PCI: vmd: Detach resources after stopping root bus
nvmet: Optionally use PCI P2P memory
nvmet: Introduce helper functions to allocate and free request SGLs
nvme-pci: Add support for P2P memory in requests
nvme-pci: Use PCI p2pmem subsystem to manage the CMB
IB/core: Ensure we map P2P memory correctly in rdma_rw_ctx_[init|destroy]()
block: Add PCI P2P flag for request queue
PCI/P2PDMA: Add P2P DMA driver writer's documentation
docs-rst: Add a new directory for PCI documentation
PCI/P2PDMA: Introduce configfs/sysfs enable attribute helpers
PCI/P2PDMA: Add PCI p2pmem DMA mappings to adjust the bus offset
...
Take struct mlx5_frag_buf out of mlx5_frag_buf_ctrl, as it is not
needed to manage and control the datapath of the fragmented buffers API.
struct mlx5_frag_buf contains control info to manage the allocation
and de-allocation of the fragmented buffer.
Its fields are not relevant for datapath, so here I take them out of the
struct mlx5_frag_buf_ctrl, except for the fragments array itself.
In addition, modified mlx5_fill_fbc to initialise the frags pointers
as well. This implies that the buffer must be allocated before the
function is called.
A set of type-specific *_get_byte_size() functions are replaced by
a generic one.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
If no-append flag is set, we will add a new FTE, instead of appending
the actions of the inserted rule when the same match already exists.
While here, move the has_flow_tag boolean indicator to be a flag too.
This patch doesn't change any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanmox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently, when a flow rule is created using the FS core layer, the caller
has to pass the entire flow counter object and not just the counter HW
handle (ID). This requires both the FS core and the caller to have
knowledge about the inner implementation of the FS layer flow counters
cache and limits the possible users.
Move to use the counter ID across the place when dealing with flows.
Doing this decoupling, now can we privatize the inner implementation
of the flow counters.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
mlx5 updates for both net-next and rdma-next
* 'mlx5-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux: (21 commits)
net/mlx5: Expose DC scatter to CQE capability bit
net/mlx5: Update mlx5_ifc with DEVX UID bits
net/mlx5: Set uid as part of DCT commands
net/mlx5: Set uid as part of SRQ commands
net/mlx5: Set uid as part of SQ commands
net/mlx5: Set uid as part of RQ commands
net/mlx5: Set uid as part of QP commands
net/mlx5: Set uid as part of CQ commands
net/mlx5: Rename incorrect naming in IFC file
net/mlx5: Export packet reformat alloc/dealloc functions
net/mlx5: Pass a namespace for packet reformat ID allocation
net/mlx5: Expose new packet reformat capabilities
{net, RDMA}/mlx5: Rename encap to reformat packet
net/mlx5: Move header encap type to IFC header file
net/mlx5: Break encap/decap into two separated flow table creation flags
net/mlx5: Add support for more namespaces when allocating modify header
net/mlx5: Export modify header alloc/dealloc functions
net/mlx5: Add proper NIC TX steering flow tables support
net/mlx5: Cleanup flow namespace getter switch logic
net/mlx5: Add memic command opcode to command checker
...
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Extended atomic operations cmp&swp and fetch&add is a Mellanox
feature extending the standard atomic operation to use, varied
operand sizes, as apposed to normal atomic operation that use
an 8 byte operand only.
Extended atomics allows masking the results and arguments.
This patch configures QP to support extended atomic operation
with the maximum size possible, as exposed by HCA capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Yonatan Cohen <yonatanc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Guy Levi <guyle@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Requester scatter to CQE is restricted to QPs configured to signal
all WRs.
This patch adds ability to enable scatter to cqe (force enable)
in the requester without sig_all, for users who do not want all WRs
signaled but rather just the ones whose data found in the CQE.
Signed-off-by: Yonatan Cohen <yonatanc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Guy Levi <guyle@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Flags sent down from user might not be supported by
running driver.
This might lead to unwanted bugs.
To solve this, added macro to test for unsupported flags.
Signed-off-by: Yonatan Cohen <yonatanc@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Scatter to CQE is a HW offload that saves PCI writes by scattering the
payload to the CQE.
This patch extends already existing functionality to support DC
transport type.
Signed-off-by: Yonatan Cohen <yonatanc@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Guy Levi <guyle@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Use rdma_set_device_sysfs_group() to register device attributes and
simplify the driver.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Add said information and make the debug print format consistent.
Signed-off-by: Håkon Bugge <haakon.bugge@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
iov sysfs tree is created under ib device at
/sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_0/iov.
And,
ibdev->ports_parent->parent = &ibdev->dev.
Therefore, refer to device's kobject directly instead of
indirect access to it.
Additionally, iov entries are created under device kobject and deleted
before device is removed. There is no need to hold additional reference
to device kobject in provider driver.
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Schedule MR cache work only after bucket was initialized.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.10
Fixes: 49780d42df ("IB/mlx5: Expose MR cache for mlx5_ib")
Signed-off-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
A user can provide a hint which will be attached to the packet and written
to the CQE on receive. This can be used as a way to offload operations
into the HW, for example parsing a packet which is a tunneled packet, and
if so, pass 0x1 as the hint. The software can use that hint to decapsulate
the packet and parse only the inner headers thus saving CPU cycles.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Remove double error check from create user RQ error flow.
Fixes: 79b20a6c30 ("IB/mlx5: Add receive Work Queue verbs")
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <pressmangal@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Verify that the input DEVX object type matches the created object.
As the obj_id in the firmware is not globally unique the object type must
be considered upon checking for a valid object id.
Once both the type and the id match we know that the lock was taken on the
correct object by the uverbs layer.
Fixes: e662e14d80 ("IB/mlx5: Add DEVX support for modify and query commands")
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch adds fast register physical memory region (FRMR) support for
hip08.
Signed-off-by: Yixian Liu <liuyixian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
In case the NQ alloc/enable fails, free up the already allocated/enabled
NQ before reporting failure. Also, track the alloc/enable using proper
state checking.
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Delayed work bnxt_re_worker would be still running even after
cancel_delayed_work returns. This causes crash as the driver proceeds with
device removal. To make sure that the work is finished before returning,
use cancel_delayed_work_sync.
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Some FW versios return pkey values more than 0xFFFF. pkey_tbl_len of
ib_port_attr is 16bit value. So restricting max_pkeys to 0xFFFF.
Signed-off-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Expose out of sequence errors received from FW. This counter is a 32 bit
counter and driver has to accumulate the counter. Stores the previous
value for calculating the difference in the next query.
Also, update the HW statistics structure with new fields.
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Expose the RoCE discard and drop counters from the HW statistics context
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
crsqe->resp would be NULL in case the host command timed out before
getting a response from HW. Check for NULL pointer to avoid a potential
crash while printing the error message.
Signed-off-by: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
In some FW versions, RoCE driver also receives an async notification which
was directed to L2 driver. RoCE driver does not handle this and print a
message to syslog. Drop these notifications silently.
Signed-off-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
In the failure path, nq->bar_reg_iomem gets accessed without
initializing. Avoid this by calling the bnxt_qplib_nq_stop_irq only if the
initialization is complete.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: 1ac5a40479 ("RDMA/bnxt_re: Add bnxt_re RoCE driver")
Fixes: 6e04b10356 ("RDMA/bnxt_re: Fix broken RoCE driver due to recent L2 driver changes")
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This is reported by smatch check. rcfw->creq_bar_reg_iomem is accessed in
bnxt_qplib_rcfw_stop_irq and this variable check afterwards doesn't make
sense. Also, rcfw->creq_bar_reg_iomem will never be NULL. So Removing
this check.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Fixes: 6e04b10356 ("RDMA/bnxt_re: Fix broken RoCE driver due to recent L2 driver changes")
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Version macro is not required as the driver is not maintaining the
version. Removing the references of this macro too.
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Add the missing initalization of the cq_lock and qplib.flush_lock.
Fixes: 942c9b6ca8 ("RDMA/bnxt_re: Avoid Hard lockup during error CQE processing")
Signed-off-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
From git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma.git
This is required to resolve dependencies of the next series of RDMA
patches.
The code motion conflicts in drivers/infiniband/core/cache.c were
resolved.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
IPoIB netlink support and mlx5e pre-allocated netdevice initialization
IP link was broken due to the changes in IPoIB for the rdma_netdev
support after commit cd565b4b51
("IB/IPoIB: Support acceleration options callbacks").
This patchset fixes IPoIB pkey creation and removal using rtnetlink by
adding support in both IPoIB ULP layer and mlx5 layer:
From Jason and Denis:
1) Introduces changes in the RDMA netdev code in order to
allow allocation of the netdev to be done by the rtnl netdev code.
2) Reworks IPoIB initialization to use the two step rdma_netdev
creation.
From Feras and Saeed, mlx5e netdev layer refactoring to allow accepting
pre-allocated netdevs:
3) Adds support to initialize/cleanup netdevs that are not created
by mlx5 driver.
4) Change mlx5e netdevice layer to accept the pre-allocated netdevice
queue number.
5) Initialize mlx5e generic structures in one place to be used for all
netdevs types NIC/representors/IPoIB (both mlx5 allocated and
pre-allocted).
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJbvqHhAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+TRQH+wYWgvi5AbqYlGpT8xSho8Dg
5tuFE9AbYDGLLWptZgtYXsBsTaltGVqKnwWy//dAuuSI7LvqtjeKqq0G1JKau70L
/49+vv8NTQ6vov2yY95yzzEo5B1/zVcYEl9dmJl4y6Xlwc+YIteewReVqRj+tucR
xO7ghLWc1o4Pl7gWBAcOULyOsZc+CtG8ElwEaBROXTtYRpsR7FKn7vN+WdWZ2VOG
MjtCUaG0vZlK1vaF76J3P9bL2V3y6o6i6S8RZwg1kPxO4jnrzyGrkxWMOX6f32KB
JAUcLVlJW5wckcRAKfTwLxsFMrc9vLBPHyj4XneXVWGKh8/dGUGY5gdGIJV5Jlc=
=m0tM
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-updates-2018-10-10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5e-updates-2018-10-10
IPoIB netlink support and mlx5e pre-allocated netdevice initialization
IP link was broken due to the changes in IPoIB for the rdma_netdev
support after commit cd565b4b51
("IB/IPoIB: Support acceleration options callbacks").
This patchset fixes IPoIB pkey creation and removal using rtnetlink by
adding support in both IPoIB ULP layer and mlx5 layer:
From Jason and Denis:
1) Introduces changes in the RDMA netdev code in order to
allow allocation of the netdev to be done by the rtnl netdev code.
2) Reworks IPoIB initialization to use the two step rdma_netdev
creation.
From Feras and Saeed, mlx5e netdev layer refactoring to allow accepting
pre-allocated netdevs:
3) Adds support to initialize/cleanup netdevs that are not created
by mlx5 driver.
4) Change mlx5e netdevice layer to accept the pre-allocated netdevice
queue number.
5) Initialize mlx5e generic structures in one place to be used for all
netdevs types NIC/representors/IPoIB (both mlx5 allocated and
pre-allocted).
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts were easy to resolve using immediate context mostly,
except the cls_u32.c one where I simply too the entire HEAD
chunk.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We only have one bug to submit this time around. It fixes a DMA unmap
issue where we unmapped the DMA address from the IOMMU before we did
from the card, resulting in a DMAR error with IOMMU enabled, or possible
crash without.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=hozJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-gkh' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma
Doug writes:
"RDMA fixes:
Final for-rc pull request for 4.19
We only have one bug to submit this time around. It fixes a DMA
unmap issue where we unmapped the DMA address from the IOMMU before
we did from the card, resulting in a DMAR error with IOMMU enabled,
or possible crash without."
* tag 'for-gkh' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma:
IB/mlx5: Unmap DMA addr from HCA before IOMMU
netdev has several interfaces that expect to call alloc_netdev_mqs from
the core code, with the driver only providing the arguments. This is
incompatible with the rdma_netdev interface that returns the netdev
directly.
Thus re-organize the API used by ipoib so that the verbs core code calls
alloc_netdev_mqs for the driver. This is done by allowing the drivers to
provide the allocation parameters via a 'get_params' callback and then
initializing an allocated netdev as a second step.
Fixes: cd565b4b51 ("IB/IPoIB: Support acceleration options callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Denis Drozdov <denisd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Only some of these were still used by the cxgb4 driver, and that despite
the fact that the driver otherwise uses the generic DMA API.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Minor conflict in net/core/rtnetlink.c, David Ahern's bug fix in 'net'
overlapped the renaming of a netlink attribute in net-next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves ruc_loopback() from hfi1 into rdmavt for code sharing
with the qib driver.
Reviewed-by: Brian Welty <brian.welty@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkata Sandeep Dhanalakota <venkata.s.dhanalakota@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Harish Chegondi <harish.chegondi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Moving send completion code into rdmavt in order to have shared logic
between qib and hfi1 drivers.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Brian Welty <brian.welty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkata Sandeep Dhanalakota <venkata.s.dhanalakota@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Harish Chegondi <harish.chegondi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch moves hfi1_copy_sge() into rdmavt for sharing with qib.
This patch also moves all the wss_*() functions into rdmavt as
several wss_*() functions are called from hfi1_copy_sge()
When SGE copy mode is adaptive, cacheless copy may be done in some cases
for performance reasons. In those cases, X86 cacheless copy function
is called since the drivers that use rdmavt and may set SGE copy mode
to adaptive are X86 only. For this reason, this patch adds
"depends on X86_64" to rdmavt/Kconfig.
Reviewed-by: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Brian Welty <brian.welty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Harish Chegondi <harish.chegondi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The atomic operation not supported inline. Besides, the standard atomic
operation only support a sge and the sge is placed in the wqe.
Fix: 384f881("RDMA/hns: Add atomic support")
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
In order to extend vlan device range, the design add two field of qp
context for checking vlan packet in sender and in recevicer.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch adds local invalidate Memory Region (MR) support in the kernel
space driver.
Signed-off-by: Yangyang Li <liyangyang20@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The hip08 hardware has two version. the version id are 0x20 and 0x21
according to the pci revision. It needs to adjust some fields for
extending new features. The specific updates include:
1. Add some fields for supporting new features by enabling some reserved
fields in 0x20 version.
2. remove some fields which the user is not visiable in order to support
the extend features.
3. Init some fields with zero.
These updates is compatible with 0x20 version.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
According to hip08 limit, the buffer size of extend sge needs to be an
integer wqe_sge_buf_page size. For example, the value of sge_shift field
of qp context is greater or equal to eight when buffer page size is 4K
size. The value of sge_shift field of qp context assigned by
hr_qp->sge.sge_cnt.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
According to the IB protocol definition, the driver needs to show the
correct device information and the information will be queryed by device
attribute.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
In order to compatible with the third party RoCE device, The hardware
modify the set method for the ecn field of ip header in new hip08
version. The high 6bit of tclass be assigned for dscp field of packet.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The hip08 split two hardware version. The version id are 0x20 and 0x21
according to the PCI revison. The max size of extend sge of sq is limited
to 2M for 0x20 version and 8M for 0x21 version. It may be exceeded to 2M
according to the algorithm that compute the product of wqe count and
extend sge number of every wqe. But the product always less than 8M.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
It will print the warning when the MSB bit of SLID is not zero running
cm_req_handler function that test CM. It needs to fixed zero when test
RoCE device.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When user issues a RDMA read and enables sq inline, it needs to report a
bad wr to user.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
It needs to include two special qps for every port. The hip08 have four
ports and the all reserved qp numbers are eight.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The ll parameter is not used in ib_modify_qp_is_ok(), so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Kamal Heib <kamalheib1@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Fix to return a negative error code from the mthca_cmd_init() error
handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: 80fd823873 ("[PATCH] IB/mthca: Encapsulate command interface init")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
After bfcb79fca1 ("PCI/ERR: Run error recovery callbacks for all affected
devices"), AER errors are always cleared by the PCI core and drivers don't
need to do it themselves.
Remove calls to pci_cleanup_aer_uncorrect_error_status() from device
driver error recovery functions.
Signed-off-by: Oza Pawandeep <poza@codeaurora.org>
[bhelgaas: changelog, remove PCI core changes, remove unused variables]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Subnet Management Packets (SMP) should exclusively use VL15 and their SL
is ignored (IBTA v1.3, Section 3.5.8.2). Therefore, when an SMP is posted,
the SL in the address handle can be set to 0 by a user
application. Consequently, when an address handle is created by the IB
core, some fields in struct rvt_ah may not be set correctly by using the
SL2SC and SC2VL tables at the time. Subsequently, when the request is post
sent, the incoming swqe may fail the validation check, resulting in the
rejection of the send request.
This patch fixes the problem by using VL15 for any validation, ignoring
the SL in the address handle.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Since Virtual Lanes BCT credits and MTU are set through separate MADs, we
have to ensure both are valid, and data VLs are ready for transmission
before we allow port transition to Armed state.
Fixes: 5e2d6764a7 ("IB/hfi1: Verify port data VLs credits on transition to Armed")
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Estrin <alex.estrin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch adds the static trace for resource wait.
Reviewed-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Current implementation allows each qp to have only one send engine. As
such, each qp has only one list to queue prebuilt packets when send engine
resources are not available. To improve performance, it is desired to
support multiple send engines for each qp.
This patch creates the framework to support two send engines
(two legs) for each qp for the TID RDMA protocol, which can be easily
extended to support more send engines. It achieves the goal by creating a
leg specific struct, iowait_work in the iowait struct, to hold the
work_struct and the tx_list as well as a pointer to the parent iowait
struct.
The hfi1_pkt_state now has an additional field to record the current legs
work structure and that is now passed to all egress waiters to determine
the leg that needs to wait via a new iowait helper. The APIs are adjusted
to use the new leg specific struct as required.
Many new and modified helpers are added to support this change.
Reviewed-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The driver-provided function check_send_wqe allows the hardware driver to
check and set up the incoming send wqe before it is inserted into the swqe
ring. This patch will rename it as setup_wqe to better reflect its
usage. In addition, this function is only called when all setup is
complete in rdmavt.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kaike Wan <kaike.wan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/infiniband/hw/hns/hns_roce_hw_v2.c: In function 'hns_roce_v2_post_send':
drivers/infiniband/hw/hns/hns_roce_hw_v2.c:194:35: warning:
variable 'dseg' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Clang warns when one enumerated type is explicitly converted to another.
drivers/infiniband/hw/qedr/qedr_roce_cm.c:198:28: warning: implicit
conversion from enumeration type 'enum qed_roce_ll2_tx_dest' to
different enumeration type 'enum qed_ll2_tx_dest' [-Wenum-conversion]
ll2_tx_pkt.tx_dest = pkt->tx_dest;
~ ~~~~~^~~~~~~
1 warning generated.
Turns out that QED_ROCE_LL2_TX_DEST_NW and QED_ROCE_LL2_TX_DEST_LB are
only used once in the whole tree and QED_ROCE_LL2_TX_DEST_MAX is used
nowhere. Remove them and use the equivalent values from qed_ll2_tx_dest
in their place.
Reported-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Acked-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
If a MAD packet has incorrect header information, the logic uses the reply
path to report the error. The reply path expects *resp_len to be set
prior to return. Unfortunately, *resp_len is set to 0 for this path.
This causes an incorrect response packet.
Fix by ensuring that the *resp_len is defaulted to the incoming packet
size (wc->bytes_len - sizeof(GRH)).
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
- Fix a long standing race bug when destroying comp_event file descriptors
- srp, hfi1, bnxt_re: Various driver crashes from missing validation and
other cases
- Fixes for regressions in patches merged this window in the gid cache,
devx, ucma and uapi.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=cjxG
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma
Jason writes:
"Second RDMA rc pull request
- Fix a long standing race bug when destroying comp_event file descriptors
- srp, hfi1, bnxt_re: Various driver crashes from missing validation
and other cases
- Fixes for regressions in patches merged this window in the gid
cache, devx, ucma and uapi."
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma:
RDMA/core: Set right entry state before releasing reference
IB/mlx5: Destroy the DEVX object upon error flow
IB/uverbs: Free uapi on destroy
RDMA/bnxt_re: Fix system crash during RDMA resource initialization
IB/hfi1: Fix destroy_qp hang after a link down
IB/hfi1: Fix context recovery when PBC has an UnsupportedVL
IB/hfi1: Invalid user input can result in crash
IB/hfi1: Fix SL array bounds check
RDMA/uverbs: Fix validity check for modify QP
IB/srp: Avoid that sg_reset -d ${srp_device} triggers an infinite loop
ucma: fix a use-after-free in ucma_resolve_ip()
RDMA/uverbs: Atomically flush and mark closed the comp event queue
cxgb4: fix abort_req_rss6 struct
IB has additional protections with SELinux that cannot be extended to the
DEVX domain. SELinux can restrict access to pkeys. The first version of
DEVX blocked IB entirely until this could be understood.
Since DEVX requires CAP_NET_RAW, it supersedes the SELinux restriction and
allows userspace to form arbitrary packets with arbitrary pkeys.
Thus we enable IB for DEVX when CAP_NET_RAW is given.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Enable DEVX white list commands without the need for CAP_NET_RAW.
DEVX uid must exist from the ucontext or the device so that the firmware
will mask unprivileged capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Manage device uid for DEVX white list commands. The created device uid
will be used on white list commands if the user didn't supply its own uid.
This will enable the firmware to filter out non privileged functionality
as of the recognition of the uid.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Expose RAW QP device handles to user space by extending the UHW part of
mlx5_ib_create_qp_resp.
This data is returned only when DEVX context is used where it may be
applicable.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in dev_err error message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The UnsupportedVL SendCtrl register bit information is defined in
the module rather than the chip register header file.
Move the defines to the appropriate header file.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The inner check for mdev->mthca_flags & MTHCA_FLAG_MSI_X is redundant
as this is already true because of the previous identical check in
an outer if statement. Remove it
Detected by cppcheck:
(warning) Identical inner 'if' condition is always true.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch adds memory window (mw) support in the kernel space.
Signed-off-by: Yixian Liu <liuyixian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
According to the hardware modification, the vlan of the UD packet is based
on the ud_vlan_en field of the UD wqe to determine whether to add a vlan
header to the UD packet. The ud_vlan_en field is filled by the driver
according to the net device.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch mainly sets the vlan_id field in the WC for rdma_listen() to
work over vlan. This is required by ib_init_ah_attr_from_wc() which is
called by the CM REQ handler.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch adds atomic operations for hip08, includes fetchadd and cmpswap
operation. In order to enable atomic, the driver needs to do the
following steps:
1. Enable the atomic caps for RoCE device
2. Post the wqe context of atomic type
3. Configure the atomic type of mtpt
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Currently the transport opcodes which come from users configuration is set
by similar code. This patch simplifies it.
Signed-off-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
These return the same thing but dev_name is a more conventional use of the
kernel API.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Kernel convention is that a driver for a subsystem will print using
dev_* on the subsystem's struct device, or with dev_* on the physical
device. Drivers should rarely use a pr_* function.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The current code has two copies of the device name, ibdev->dev and
dev_name(&ibdev->dev), and they are setup at different times, which is
very confusing.
Set them both up at the same time and make dev_name() the lead name, which
is the proper use of the driver core APIs. To make it very clear that the
name is not valid until registration pass it in to the
ib_register_device() call rather than messing with ibdev->name directly.
Also the reorganization now checks that dev_name is unique even if it does
not contain a %.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Adit Ranadive <aditr@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Devesh Sharma <devesh.sharma@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Shiraz Saleem <shiraz.saleem@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
The mlx4 driver produces a link error when it is configured
as built-in while CONFIG_INFINIBAND_USER_ACCESS is set to =m:
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx4/main.o: In function `mlx4_ib_mmap':
main.c:(.text+0x1af4): undefined reference to `rdma_user_mmap_io'
The same function is called from mlx5, which already has a
dependency to ensure we can call it, and from hns, which
appears to suffer from the same problem.
This adds the same dependency that mlx5 uses to the other two.
Fixes: 6745d356ab ("RDMA/hns: Use rdma_user_mmap_io")
Fixes: c282da4109 ("RDMA/mlx4: Use rdma_user_mmap_io")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Upon DEVX object creation the object must be destroyed upon a follows
error flow.
Fixes: 7efce3691d ("IB/mlx5: Add obj create and destroy functionality")
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Clang warns when one enumerated type is implicitly converted to another.
drivers/infiniband/hw/cxgb4/qp.c:287:8: warning: implicit conversion
from enumeration type 'enum t4_bar2_qtype' to different enumeration type
'enum cxgb4_bar2_qtype' [-Wenum-conversion]
T4_BAR2_QTYPE_EGRESS,
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
c4iw_bar2_addrs expects a value from enum cxgb4_bar2_qtype so use the
corresponding values from that type so Clang is satisfied without changing
the meaning of the code.
T4_BAR2_QTYPE_EGRESS = CXGB4_BAR2_QTYPE_EGRESS = 0
T4_BAR2_QTYPE_INGRESS = CXGB4_BAR2_QTYPE_INGRESS = 1
Reported-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When profiles were introduced to MLX5 IB an unneeded version print when
creating an MLX5 IB device was added. Remove the print, we still have a
printk for driver version in mlx5_ib_add().
Fixes: 16c1975f10 ("IB/mlx5: Create profile infrastructure to add and remove stages")
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in usnic_err error message.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Set valid umem bit on DEVX commands that use umem.
This will enforce the umem usage by the firmware and not the 'pas' info.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of TD commands so that the firmware can
manage the TD object in a secured way.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of XRCD commands so that the firmware can manage the
XRCD object in a secured way.
That will enable using an XRCD that was created by verbs application
to be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of CQ creation so that the firmware can manage the
CQ object in a secured way.
The uid for the destroy and the modify commands is set by mlx5_core.
This will enable using a CQ that was created by verbs application to
be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of PD allocation, this uid is used for other mlx5
objects upon calling the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of RQT commands so that the firmware can manage the
RQT object in a secured way.
That will enable using an RQT that was created by verbs application
to be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of TIS commands so that the firmware can manage the
TIS object in a secured way.
That will enable using a TIS that was created by verbs application
to be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of TIR commands so that the firmware can manage the
TIR object in a secured way.
That will enable using a TIR that was created by verbs application to
be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of MCG commands so that the firmware can manage the
MCG object in a secured way.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of DCT create command so that the firmware can
manage the DCT object in a secured way.
The uid for the destroy and drain commands are set by mlx5_core.
That will enable using a DCT that was created by verbs application
to be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of SRQ create command so that the firmware can manage
the SRQ object in a secured way.
The uid for the destroy and modify commands are set by mlx5_core.
That will enable using a SRQ that was created by verbs application
to be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of SQ commands so that the firmware can manage the
SQ object in a secured way.
The uid for the destroy command is set by mlx5_core.
This will enable using an SQ that was created by verbs application
to be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of RQ commands so that the firmware can manage the
RQ object in a secured way.
The uid for the destroy command is set by mlx5_core.
This will enable using an RQ that was created by verbs application to
be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Set uid as part of QP creation so that the firmware can manage the
QP object in a secured way.
The uid for the destroy and the modify commands is set by mlx5_core.
This will enable using a QP that was created by verbs application to
be used by the DEVX flow in case the uid is equal.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Use uid as part of PD commands so that the firmware can manage the
PD object in a secured way.
For example when a QP is created its uid must match the CQ uid which it
uses.
Next patches in this series will use the uid from the PD, then will come
a patch to set the uid on the PD so that all objects will be properly
work in one change.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
For dependencies, branch based on 'mlx5-next' of
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux.git
mlx5 mcast/ucast loopback control enhancements from Leon Romanovsky:
====================
This is short series from Mark which extends handling of loopback
traffic. Originally mlx5 IB dynamically enabled/disabled both unicast
and multicast based on number of users. However RAW ethernet QPs need
more granular access.
====================
Fixed failed automerge in mlx5_ib.h (minor context conflict issue)
mlx5-vport-loopback branch:
RDMA/mlx5: Enable vport loopback when user context or QP mandate
RDMA/mlx5: Allow creating RAW ethernet QP with loopback support
RDMA/mlx5: Refactor transport domain bookkeeping logic
net/mlx5: Rename incorrect naming in IFC file
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
A user can create a QP which can accept loopback traffic, but that's not
enough. We need to enable loopback on the vport as well. Currently vport
loopback is enabled only when more than 1 users are using the IB device,
update the logic to consider whatever a QP which supports loopback was
created, if so enable vport loopback even if there is only a single user.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Expose two new flags:
MLX5_QP_FLAG_TIR_ALLOW_SELF_LB_UC
MLX5_QP_FLAG_TIR_ALLOW_SELF_LB_MC
Those flags can be used at creation time in order to allow a QP
to be able to receive loopback traffic (unicast and multicast).
We store the state in the QP to be used on the destroy path
to indicate with which flags the QP was created with.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
In preparation to enable loopback on a single user context move the logic
that enables/disables loopback to separate functions and group variables
under a single struct.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Remove a trailing underscore from the multicast/unicast names.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
kfree_skb has taken the null pointer into account. hence it is safe
to remove the redundant null pointer check before kfree_skb.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Clang warns when more than one set of parentheses are used in single
conditional statements.
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx4/mcg.c:676:16: warning: equality comparison
with extraneous parentheses [-Wparentheses-equality]
if ((method == IB_MGMT_METHOD_GET_RESP)) {
~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx4/mcg.c:676:16: note: remove extraneous
parentheses around the comparison to silence this warning
if ((method == IB_MGMT_METHOD_GET_RESP)) {
~ ^ ~
drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx4/mcg.c:676:16: note: use '=' to turn this
equality comparison into an assignment
if ((method == IB_MGMT_METHOD_GET_RESP)) {
^~
=
Remove the unnecessary parentheses to silence this warning.
Reported-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Clang warns when more than one set of parentheses are used in single
conditional statements.
drivers/infiniband/hw/nes/nes_hw.c:1446:27: warning: equality comparison
with extraneous parentheses [-Wparentheses-equality]
} while ((temp_phy_data2 == temp_phy_data));
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/infiniband/hw/nes/nes_hw.c:1446:27: note: remove extraneous
parentheses around the comparison to silence this warning
} while ((temp_phy_data2 == temp_phy_data));
~ ^ ~
drivers/infiniband/hw/nes/nes_hw.c:1446:27: note: use '=' to turn this
equality comparison into an assignment
} while ((temp_phy_data2 == temp_phy_data));
^~
=
Remove the unnecessary parentheses to silence this warning.
Reported-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nathan Chancellor <natechancellor@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Since ODP had a single struct mmu_notifier located in the ucontext it
could only handle a single MM at a time, and this prevented it from using
the new owning_mm system.
With the prior rework it is now simple to let ODP track multiple MMs per
ucontext, finish the job so that the per_mm is allocated on a mm by mm
basis, and freed when the last umem is dropped from the ucontext.
As a side effect the new saner locking removes the lockdep splat about
nesting the umem_rwsem between mmu_notifier_unregister and
ib_umem_odp_release.
It also makes ODP work with multiple processes, across, fork, etc.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This is the first step to make ODP use the owning_mm that is now part of
struct ib_umem.
Each ODP umem is linked to a single per_mm structure, which in turn, is
linked to a single mm, via the embedded mmu_notifier. This first patch
introduces the structure and reworks eveything to use it.
This also needs to introduce tgid into the ib_ucontext_per_mm, as
get_user_pages_remote() requires the originating task for statistics
tracking.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
This no longer has any use, we can use container_of to get to the
umem_odp, and a simple flag to indicate if this is an odp MR. Remove the
few remaining references to it.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
These two structures are linked together, use the container_of pattern
instead of a double allocation to make the code simpler and easier to
follow.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
All of these functions already require the ODP version of the umem struct,
make this very clear by having the signature require it. This paves the
way to using the container_of() pattern to link umem_odp and umem
together.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
rvt_destroy_qp() cannot complete until all in process packets have
been released from the underlying hardware. If a link down event
occurs, an application can hang with a kernel stack similar to:
cat /proc/<app PID>/stack
quiesce_qp+0x178/0x250 [hfi1]
rvt_reset_qp+0x23d/0x400 [rdmavt]
rvt_destroy_qp+0x69/0x210 [rdmavt]
ib_destroy_qp+0xba/0x1c0 [ib_core]
nvme_rdma_destroy_queue_ib+0x46/0x80 [nvme_rdma]
nvme_rdma_free_queue+0x3c/0xd0 [nvme_rdma]
nvme_rdma_destroy_io_queues+0x88/0xd0 [nvme_rdma]
nvme_rdma_error_recovery_work+0x52/0xf0 [nvme_rdma]
process_one_work+0x17a/0x440
worker_thread+0x126/0x3c0
kthread+0xcf/0xe0
ret_from_fork+0x58/0x90
0xffffffffffffffff
quiesce_qp() waits until all outstanding packets have been freed.
This wait should be momentary. During a link down event, the cleanup
handling does not ensure that all packets caught by the link down are
flushed properly.
This is caused by the fact that the freeze path and the link down
event is handled the same. This is not correct. The freeze path
waits until the HFI is unfrozen and then restarts PIO. A link down
is not a freeze event. The link down path cannot restart the PIO
until link is restored. If the PIO path is restarted before the link
comes up, the application (QP) using the PIO path will hang (until
link is restored).
Fix by separating the linkdown path from the freeze path and use the
link down path for link down events.
Close a race condition sc_disable() by acquiring both the progress
and release locks.
Close a race condition in sc_stop() by moving the setting of the flag
bits under the alloc lock.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.9.x+
Fixes: 7724105686 ("IB/hfi1: add driver files")
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
If a packet stream uses an UnsupportedVL (virtual lane), the send
engine will not send the packet, and it will not indicate that an
error has occurred. This will cause the packet stream to block.
HFI has 8 virtual lanes available for packet streams. Each lane can
be enabled or disabled using the UnsupportedVL mask. If a lane is
disabled, adding a packet to the send context must be disallowed.
The current mask for determining unsupported VLs defaults to 0 (allow
all). This is incorrect. Only the VLs that are defined should be
allowed.
Determine which VLs are disabled (mtu == 0), and set the appropriate
unsupported bit in the mask. The correct mask will allow the send
engine to error on the invalid VL, and error recovery will work
correctly.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.9.x+
Fixes: 7724105686 ("IB/hfi1: add driver files")
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Odzioba <lukasz.odzioba@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The SL specified by a user needs to be a valid SL.
Add a range check to the user specified SL value which protects from
running off the end of the SL to SC table.
CC: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 7724105686 ("IB/hfi1: add driver files")
Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Update this driver to match the code it copies from umem.c which no longer
uses tgid.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Rely on the new core code helper to map BAR memory from the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Rely on the new core code helper to map BAR memory from the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Rely on the new core code helper to map BAR memory from the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
It will trigger unnecessary interrupts caused by time out if prints inside
aeq handle under some configurations. Thus, move all prints out of aeq
handle to work queue.
Signed-off-by: liuyixian <liuyixian@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Commit f27b4746f3 ("i40iw: add connection management code") uses an
incorrect rcu iterator, whilst holding the rtnl_lock. Since the
critical region invokes i40iw_manage_qhash(), which is a sleeping
function, the rcu locking and traversal cannot be used.
Signed-off-by: Håkon Bugge <haakon.bugge@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Two new tls tests added in parallel in both net and net-next.
Used Stephen Rothwell's linux-next resolution.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The transition is allowed from any state and the atrribute mask must be
IB_QP_STATE.
Fixes: c32a4f296e ("IB/mlx5: Add support for DC Initiator QP")
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Artemy Kovalyov <artemyko@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Calling into the new API to reset the secondary bus results in a deadlock.
This occurs because the device/bus is already locked at probe time.
Reverting back to the old behavior while the API is improved.
Link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=200985
Fixes: c6a44ba950 ("PCI: Rename pci_try_reset_bus() to pci_reset_bus()")
Fixes: 409888e096 ("IB/hfi1: Use pci_try_reset_bus() for initiating PCI Secondary Bus Reset")
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Cc: Sinan Kaya <okaya@codeaurora.org>
HFI IRQ enable bits are not being set correctly. Send context error and
DC IRQs are not being enabled correctly. In addition, send context error
IRQs are not being delivered.
Because of this, send context errors are not being handled correctly when
they occur.
When setting the IRQ bits, if an IRQ range is used, and the last bit is on
a register boundary (bit 63), the calculated index for the final register
modification is incorrect (index + 1 vs. index).
The incorrect index calculation causes incorrect IRQ bits to be set. In
this case the send context error IRQ is NOT enabled.
Fix by using the 'last' value rather than the counted 'src' value to
determine the final index to use. This satisfies all cases.
Fixes: a2f7bbdc2d ("IB/hfi1: Rework the IRQ API to be more flexible")
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
If the set_txreq_header_agh() function returns an error, the exit path
is chosen.
In this path, the code fails to set the return value. This will cause
the caller to not realize an error has occurred.
Set the return value correctly in the error path.
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Hardware limits the maximum number of packets to u16 packets.
Match that size for all relevant sequence numbers in the user_sdma
engine.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Packet queue state is over used to determine SDMA descriptor
availablitity and packet queue request state.
cpu 0 ret = user_sdma_send_pkts(req, pcount);
cpu 0 if (atomic_read(&pq->n_reqs))
cpu 1 IRQ user_sdma_txreq_cb calls pq_update() (state to _INACTIVE)
cpu 0 xchg(&pq->state, SDMA_PKT_Q_ACTIVE);
At this point pq->n_reqs == 0 and pq->state is incorrectly
SDMA_PKT_Q_ACTIVE. The close path will hang waiting for the state
to return to _INACTIVE.
This can also change the state from _DEFERRED to _ACTIVE. However,
this is a mostly benign race.
Remove the racy code path.
Use n_reqs to determine if a packet queue is active or not.
Reviewed-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
pq_update() can only be called in two places: from the completion
function when the complete (npkts) sequence of packets has been
submitted and processed, or from setup function if a subset of the
packets were submitted (i.e. the error path).
Currently both paths can call pq_update() if an error occurrs. This
race will cause the n_req value to go negative, hanging file_close(),
or cause a crash by freeing the txlist more than once.
Several variables are used to determine SDMA send state. Most of
these are unnecessary, and have code inspectible races between the
setup function and the completion function, in both the send path and
the error path.
The request 'status' value can be set by the setup or by the
completion function. This is code inspectibly racy. Since the status
is not needed in the completion code or by the caller it has been
removed.
The request 'done' value races between usage by the setup and the
completion function. The completion function does not need this.
When the number of processed packets matches npkts, it is done.
The 'has_error' value races between usage of the setup and the
completion function. This can cause incorrect error handling and leave
the n_req in an incorrect value (i.e. negative).
Simplify the code by removing all of the unneeded state checks and
variables.
Clean up iovs node when it is freed.
Eliminate race conditions in the error path:
If all packets are submitted, the completion handler will set the
completion status correctly (ok or aborted).
If all packets are not submitted, the caller must wait until the
submitted packets have completed, and then set the completion status.
These two change eliminate the race condition in the error path.
Reviewed-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The post_send() path determines if it should post directly or, schedule
the post for later. The current logic is:
if the swqe ring is empty or (for hfi1) wqe->length <= piothreshold
post the send
else
schedule
This can allow large requests to call the send engine directly. Large
requests can potentially produce a large number of packets prior to
returning to the caller, blocking the caller from posting more requests,
and allowing better parallel processing.
Allow the driver(s) more say in this logic (pass call_send to the driver,
rather than examining a return value).
Update hfi1/qib logic to schedule the send engine if an RC or UC message
is larger than the QP MTU size.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
debugfs_remove has taken the IS_ERR_OR_NULL into account. Just remove the
unnecessary condition.
Signed-off-by: zhong jiang <zhongjiang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Currently a matcher can only be created and attached to a NIC RX flow
table. Extend it to allow it on NIC TX flow tables as well.
In order to achieve that, we:
1) Expose a new attribute: MLX5_IB_ATTR_FLOW_MATCHER_FLOW_FLAGS.
enum ib_flow_flags is used as valid flags. Only
IB_FLOW_ATTR_FLAGS_EGRESS is supported.
2) Remove the requirement to have a DEVX or QP destination when creating a
flow. A flow added to NIC TX flow table will forward the packet outside
of the vport (Wire or E-Switch in the SR-iOV case).
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Add the ability to get a NIC TX flow table when using _get_flow_table().
This will allow to create a matcher and a flow rule on the NIC TX path.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Support attaching flow actions to a flow rule via raw create flow.
For now only NIC RX path is supported. This change requires to export
flow resources management functions so we can maintain proper bookkeeping
of flow actions.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Move struct mlx5_flow_act to be passed from the method entry point,
this will allow to add support for flow action for the raw create flow
path.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
We support only a single action type per flow rule, in case the user passes
the same type of flow actions fail the flow creation.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Make the parsing of flow actions more generic so it could be used by
mlx5 raw create flow.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Use ib_set_flow() when initializing flow related resources.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Any matching rules will be mutated based on the packet reformat context
which is attached to that given flow rule.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
A L3_TUNNEL_TO_L2 decap flow action requires to enable the encap bit on
the flow table, enable it if supported. This will allow to attach those
flow actions to NIC RX steering. We don't enable if running on a
representor.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Any matching packet will be stripped of it's VXLAN tunnel, only the inner
L2 onward is left. The user will receive the decapsulated packet.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
If NIC RX flow tables support decap operation, enable it on creation,
This allows to perform decapsulation of tunnelled packets by steering
rules. If NIC TX flow tables support reformat operation, enable it on
creation.
We don't enable those capabilities on representors as the E-Switch should
handle packet modification (can be configured via TC) and as current
hardware can't handle both FDB and NIC flow tables with decap/packet
reformat support.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
When creating a flow steering rule, allow the user to attach a modify
header action.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Just like ingress steering, allow a user to create steering rules that
match egress vport traffic. We expose the same number of priorities as
the bypass (NIC RX) steering.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
mdev->state device state is not protected by the QP for which WRs are
being processed. Therefore, there is no need to hold spin lock while
checking mdev state.
Given that device fatal error is unlikely situation, wrap the condition
check with unlikely().
Additionally, kernel QP1 is also a kernel ULP for which soft CQEs needs
to be generated. Therefore, check for device fatal error before
processing QP1 work requests.
Fixes: 89ea94a7b6 ("IB/mlx5: Reset flow support for IB kernel ULPs")
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Maor Gottlieb <maorg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
In calculating the global maximum number of the Scatter/Gather elements
supported, the following four maximum parameters must be taken into
consideration: max_sg_rq, max_sg_sq, max_desc_sz_rq and max_desc_sz_sq.
However instead of bringing this complexity to query_device, which still
won't be sufficient anyway (the calculations are dependent on QP type),
the safer approach will be to restore old code, which will give us 32
SGEs.
Fixes: 33023fb85a ("IB/core: add max_send_sge and max_recv_sge attributes")
Reported-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
For dependencies, branch based on rdma.git 'for-rc' of
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma.git/
Pull 'uverbs_dev_cleanups' from Leon Romanovsky:
====================
Reuse the char device code interfaces to simplify ib_uverbs_device
creation and destruction. As part of this series, we are sending fix to
cleanup path, which was discovered during internal review,
The fix definitely can go to -rc, but it means that this series will be
dependent on rdma-rc.
====================
* branch 'uverbs_dev_cleanups':
RDMA/uverbs: Use device.groups to initialize device attributes
RDMA/uverbs: Use cdev_device_add() instead of cdev_add()
RDMA/core: Depend on device_add() to add device attributes
RDMA/uverbs: Fix error cleanup path of ib_uverbs_add_one()
Resolved conflict in ib_device_unregister_sysfs()
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
1. DMA-able memory allocated for Shadow QP was not being freed.
2. bnxt_qplib_alloc_qp_hdr_buf() had a bug wherein the SQ pointer was
erroneously pointing to the RQ. But since the corresponding
free_qp_hdr_buf() was correct, memory being free was less than what was
allocated.
Fixes: 1ac5a40479 ("RDMA/bnxt_re: Add bnxt_re RoCE driver")
Signed-off-by: Somnath Kotur <somnath.kotur@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
The pci-core and net-core logic ensure that parameters provided
to nes_probe() and nes_netdev_open() are valid, hence the assert
print are not possible.
Cc: Faisal Latif <faisal.latif@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Fixes gcc '-Wunused-but-set-variable' warning:
drivers/infiniband/hw/qedr/verbs.c: In function 'qedr_create_srq':
drivers/infiniband/hw/qedr/verbs.c:1450:24: warning:
variable 'ctx' set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Rahul Verma <rahul.verma@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Consistently use the "QPLIB: " prefix for dev_<level> logging.
Miscellanea:
o Add missing newlines to avoid possible message interleaving
o Coalesce consecutive dev_<level> uses that emit a message header to
avoid < 80 column lengths and mistakenly output on multiple lines
o Reflow modified lines to use 80 columns where appropriate
o Consistently use "%s: " where __func__ is output
o QPLIB: is now always output immediately after the dev_<level> header
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Selvin Xavier <selvin.xavier@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
For dependencies, branch based on 'mellanox/mlx5-next' of
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux.git
Pull Flow actions to mutate packets from Leon Romanovsky:
====================
This series exposes the ability to create flow actions which can
mutate packet headers. We do that by exposing two new verbs:
* modify header - can change existing packet headers. packet
* reformat - can encapsulate or decapsulate a packet.
Once created a flow action must be attached to a steering
rule for it to take effect.
The first 10 patches refactor mlx5_core code, rename internal structures
to better reflect their operation and export needed functions so the RDMA
side can allocate the action.
The last 5 patches expose via the IOCTL infrastructure mlx5_ib methods
which do the actual allocation of resources and return an handle to the
user. A user of this API is expected to know how to work with the device's
spec as the input to those function is HW depended.
An example usage of the modify header action is routing, A user can create
an action which edits the L2 header and decrease the TTL.
An example usage of the packet reformat action is VXLAN encap/decap which
is done by the HW.
====================
* branch 'mlx5-flow-mutate':
RDMA/mlx5: Extend packet reformat verbs
RDMA/mlx5: Add new flow action verb - packet reformat
RDMA/uverbs: Add generic function to fill in flow action object
RDMA/mlx5: Add a new flow action verb - modify header
RDMA/uverbs: Add UVERBS_ATTR_CONST_IN to the specs language
net/mlx5: Export packet reformat alloc/dealloc functions
net/mlx5: Pass a namespace for packet reformat ID allocation
net/mlx5: Expose new packet reformat capabilities
{net, RDMA}/mlx5: Rename encap to reformat packet
net/mlx5: Move header encap type to IFC header file
net/mlx5: Break encap/decap into two separated flow table creation flags
net/mlx5: Add support for more namespaces when allocating modify header
net/mlx5: Export modify header alloc/dealloc functions
net/mlx5: Add proper NIC TX steering flow tables support
net/mlx5: Cleanup flow namespace getter switch logic
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
We expose new actions:
L2_TO_L2_TUNNEL - A generic encap from L2 to L2, the data passed should
be the encapsulating headers.
L3_TUNNEL_TO_L2 - Will do decap where the inner packet starts from L3,
the data should be mac or mac + vlan (14 or 18 bytes).
L2_TO_L3_TUNNEL - Will do encap where is L2 of the original packet will
not be included, the data should be the encapsulating
header.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
For now, only add L2_TUNNEL_TO_L2 option. This will allow to perform
generic decap operation if the encapsulating protocol is L2 based, and the
inner packet is also L2 based. For example this can be used to decap VXLAN
packets.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Refactor the initialization of a flow action object to a common function.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Expose the ability to create a flow action which changes packet
headers. The data passed from userspace should be modify header actions as
defined by HW specification.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Renames all encap mlx5_{core,ib} code to use the new naming of packet
reformat. This change doesn't introduce any function change and is
needed to properly reflect the operation being done by this action.
For example not only can we encapsulate a packet, but also decapsulate it.
Signed-off-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
In the current code, the TX affinity is per RoCE device, which can cause
unfairness between different contexts. e.g. if we open two contexts, and
each open 10 QPs concurrently, all of the QPs of the first context might
end up on the first port instead of distributed on the two ports as
expected
To overcome this unfairness between processes, we maintain per device TX
affinity, and per process TX affinity.
The allocation algorithm is as follow:
1. Hold two tx_port_affinity atomic variables, one per RoCE device and one
per ucontext. Both initialized to 0.
2. In mlx5_ib_alloc_ucontext do:
2.1. ucontext.tx_port_affinity = device.tx_port_affinity
2.2. device.tx_port_affinity += 1
3. In modify QP INIT2RST:
3.1. qp.tx_port_affinity = ucontext.tx_port_affinity % MLX5_PORT_NUM
3.2. ucontext.tx_port_affinity += 1
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Once the qp has been flushed, it cannot be flushed again. The user qp
flush logic wasn't enforcing it however. The bug can cause
touch-after-free crashes like:
Unable to handle kernel paging request for data at address 0x000001ec
Faulting instruction address: 0xc008000016069100
Oops: Kernel access of bad area, sig: 11 [#1]
...
NIP [c008000016069100] flush_qp+0x80/0x480 [iw_cxgb4]
LR [c00800001606cd6c] c4iw_modify_qp+0x71c/0x11d0 [iw_cxgb4]
Call Trace:
[c00800001606cd6c] c4iw_modify_qp+0x71c/0x11d0 [iw_cxgb4]
[c00800001606e868] c4iw_ib_modify_qp+0x118/0x200 [iw_cxgb4]
[c0080000119eae80] ib_security_modify_qp+0xd0/0x3d0 [ib_core]
[c0080000119c4e24] ib_modify_qp+0xc4/0x2c0 [ib_core]
[c008000011df0284] iwcm_modify_qp_err+0x44/0x70 [iw_cm]
[c008000011df0fec] destroy_cm_id+0xcc/0x370 [iw_cm]
[c008000011ed4358] rdma_destroy_id+0x3c8/0x520 [rdma_cm]
[c0080000134b0540] ucma_close+0x90/0x1b0 [rdma_ucm]
[c000000000444da4] __fput+0xe4/0x2f0
So fix flush_qp() to only flush the wq once.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
User contexts use the receive URGENT interrupt. However, enabling
the IRQ SRC in the file_ops module is not as clean as it could be.
Augment the _rcvctl() function to be able to enable/disable the IRQ
source.
Use the new interface from file_ops to enable/disable the IRQ.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Sadanand Warrier <sadanand.warrier@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The current IRQ API is an all or nothing interface. This has two
problems:
1. All IRQs are enabled regardless of use
2. Moving from general interrupt to MSIx handling is difficult
Introduce a new API to enable/disable specific IRQs or a range of IRQs.
Do not enable and disable all IRQs in one step.
Rework various modules to enable/disable IRQs when needed.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Sadanand Warrier <sadanand.warrier@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Retry the PCIe link training up to 'pcie_retry' times
if the PCIe link width is narrower than the previous width.
Reviewed-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mitko Haralanov <mitko.haralanov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kamenee Arumugam <kamenee.arumugam@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The current method of allocating MSIx resources is a bit cumbersome,
and not very easily added to.
Refactor and re-order the code paths into a more consistent interface.
Update the interface so that allocations are not order dependent.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Sadanand Warrier <sadanand.warrier@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The current HFI1 MSIx API is difficult to follow, change, or add to.
In anticipation of moving to an more flexible API, move the current
MSIx functionality to the new msix.c module.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Sadanand Warrier <sadanand.warrier@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Currently several things occur before the hfi1_devdata structure is
allocated. This leads to an inconsistent logging ability and makes
it more difficult to restructure some code paths.
Allocate (and do a minimal init) the structure as soon as possible.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Sadanand Warrier <sadanand.warrier@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
The tune_pcie_caps needs to occur sometime after PCI is enabled, but
before the HFI is enabled. Currently it is placed in the MSIx
allocation code which doesn't really fit. Moving it to just after
the gen3 bump.
Clean up the associated code (modules, etc.).
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Sadanand Warrier <sadanand.warrier@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
TXREQ defines are duplicated, incompletely, in the sdma header file.
Remove duplicate defines.
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
We want to keep files in alphabetical order in our makefile, however this
just makes for messy diffs when adding (or removing) files. Let's just clean
this up and make it line by line.
Reviewed-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
- Switch SMC over to rdma_get_gid_attr and remove the compat
- Fix a crash in HFI1 with some BIOS's
- Fix a randconfig failure
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=6z1N
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma
Pull more rdma updates from Jason Gunthorpe:
"This is the SMC cleanup promised, a randconfig regression fix, and
kernel oops fix.
Summary:
- Switch SMC over to rdma_get_gid_attr and remove the compat
- Fix a crash in HFI1 with some BIOS's
- Fix a randconfig failure"
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma:
IB/ucm: fix UCM link error
IB/hfi1: Invalid NUMA node information can cause a divide by zero
RDMA/smc: Replace ib_query_gid with rdma_get_gid_attr
There are several blockable mmu notifiers which might sleep in
mmu_notifier_invalidate_range_start and that is a problem for the
oom_reaper because it needs to guarantee a forward progress so it cannot
depend on any sleepable locks.
Currently we simply back off and mark an oom victim with blockable mmu
notifiers as done after a short sleep. That can result in selecting a new
oom victim prematurely because the previous one still hasn't torn its
memory down yet.
We can do much better though. Even if mmu notifiers use sleepable locks
there is no reason to automatically assume those locks are held. Moreover
majority of notifiers only care about a portion of the address space and
there is absolutely zero reason to fail when we are unmapping an unrelated
range. Many notifiers do really block and wait for HW which is harder to
handle and we have to bail out though.
This patch handles the low hanging fruit.
__mmu_notifier_invalidate_range_start gets a blockable flag and callbacks
are not allowed to sleep if the flag is set to false. This is achieved by
using trylock instead of the sleepable lock for most callbacks and
continue as long as we do not block down the call chain.
I think we can improve that even further because there is a common pattern
to do a range lookup first and then do something about that. The first
part can be done without a sleeping lock in most cases AFAICS.
The oom_reaper end then simply retries if there is at least one notifier
which couldn't make any progress in !blockable mode. A retry loop is
already implemented to wait for the mmap_sem and this is basically the
same thing.
The simplest way for driver developers to test this code path is to wrap
userspace code which uses these notifiers into a memcg and set the hard
limit to hit the oom. This can be done e.g. after the test faults in all
the mmu notifier managed memory and set the hard limit to something really
small. Then we are looking for a proper process tear down.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding style fixes]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: minor code simplification]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180716115058.5559-1-mhocko@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Acked-by: Christian König <christian.koenig@amd.com> # AMD notifiers
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com> # mlx and umem_odp
Reported-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: "David (ChunMing) Zhou" <David1.Zhou@amd.com>
Cc: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Cc: Alex Deucher <alexander.deucher@amd.com>
Cc: David Airlie <airlied@linux.ie>
Cc: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Joonas Lahtinen <joonas.lahtinen@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Rodrigo Vivi <rodrigo.vivi@intel.com>
Cc: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Cc: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@ziepe.ca>
Cc: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Cc: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Cc: Sudeep Dutt <sudeep.dutt@intel.com>
Cc: Ashutosh Dixit <ashutosh.dixit@intel.com>
Cc: Dimitri Sivanich <sivanich@sgi.com>
Cc: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Cc: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Cc: "Jérôme Glisse" <jglisse@redhat.com>
Cc: Andrea Arcangeli <aarcange@redhat.com>
Cc: Felix Kuehling <felix.kuehling@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
If the system BIOS does not supply NUMA node information to the
PCI devices, the NUMA node is selected by choosing the current
node.
This can lead to the following crash:
divide error: 0000 SMP
CPU: 0 PID: 4 Comm: kworker/0:0 Tainted: G IOE
------------ 3.10.0-693.21.1.el7.x86_64 #1
Hardware name: Intel Corporation S2600KP/S2600KP, BIOS
SE5C610.86B.01.01.0005.101720141054 10/17/2014
Workqueue: events work_for_cpu_fn
task: ffff880174480fd0 ti: ffff880174488000 task.ti: ffff880174488000
RIP: 0010: [<ffffffffc020ac69>] hfi1_dev_affinity_init+0x129/0x6a0 [hfi1]
RSP: 0018:ffff88017448bbf8 EFLAGS: 00010246
RAX: 0000000000000011 RBX: ffff88107ffba6c0 RCX: ffff88085c22e130
RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 0000000000000000 RDI: ffff880824ad0000
RBP: ffff88017448bc48 R08: 0000000000000011 R09: 0000000000000002
R10: ffff8808582b6ca0 R11: 0000000000003151 R12: ffff8808582b6ca0
R13: ffff8808582b6518 R14: ffff8808582b6010 R15: 0000000000000012
FS: 0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff88085ec00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: 00007efc707404f0 CR3: 0000000001a02000 CR4: 00000000001607f0
DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000
DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000ffff0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400
Call Trace:
hfi1_init_dd+0x14b3/0x27a0 [hfi1]
? pcie_capability_write_word+0x46/0x70
? hfi1_pcie_init+0xc0/0x200 [hfi1]
do_init_one+0x153/0x4c0 [hfi1]
? sched_clock_cpu+0x85/0xc0
init_one+0x1b5/0x260 [hfi1]
local_pci_probe+0x4a/0xb0
work_for_cpu_fn+0x1a/0x30
process_one_work+0x17f/0x440
worker_thread+0x278/0x3c0
? manage_workers.isra.24+0x2a0/0x2a0
kthread+0xd1/0xe0
? insert_kthread_work+0x40/0x40
ret_from_fork+0x77/0xb0
? insert_kthread_work+0x40/0x40
If the BIOS is not supplying NUMA information:
- set the default table count to 1 for all possible nodes
- select node 0 (instead of current NUMA) node to get consistent
performance
- generate an error indicating that the BIOS should be upgraded
Reviewed-by: Gary Leshner <gary.s.leshner@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Marciniszyn <mike.marciniszyn@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
rdma.git merge resolution for the 4.19 merge window
Conflicts:
drivers/infiniband/core/rdma_core.c
- Use the rdma code and revise with the new spelling for
atomic_fetch_add_unless
drivers/nvme/host/rdma.c
- Replace max_sge with max_send_sge in new blk code
drivers/nvme/target/rdma.c
- Use the blk code and revise to use NULL for ib_post_recv when
appropriate
- Replace max_sge with max_recv_sge in new blk code
net/rds/ib_send.c
- Use the net code and revise to use NULL for ib_post_recv when
appropriate
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFSBAABCAA8FiEEq68RxlopcLEwq+PEeb4+QwBBGIYFAltwm2geHHRvcnZhbGRz
QGxpbnV4LWZvdW5kYXRpb24ub3JnAAoJEHm+PkMAQRiGITkH/iSzkVhT2OxHoir0
mLVzTi7/Z17L0e/ELl7TvAC0iLFlWZKdlGR0g3b4/QpXLPmNK4HxiDRTQuWn8ke0
qDZyDq89HqLt+mpeFZ43PCd9oqV8CH2xxK3iCWReqv6bNnowGnRpSStlks4rDqWn
zURC/5sUh7TzEG4s997RrrpnyPeQWUlf/Mhtzg2/WvK2btoLWgu5qzjX1uFh3s7u
vaF2NXVJ3X03gPktyxZzwtO1SwLFS1jhwUXWBZ5AnoJ99ywkghQnkqS/2YpekNTm
wFk80/78sU+d91aAqO8kkhHj8VRrd+9SGnZ4mB2aZHwjZjGcics4RRtxukSfOQ+6
L47IdXo=
=sJkt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'v4.18' into rdma.git for-next
Resolve merge conflicts from the -rc cycle against the rdma.git tree:
Conflicts:
drivers/infiniband/core/uverbs_cmd.c
- New ifs added to ib_uverbs_ex_create_flow in -rc and for-next
- Merge removal of file->ucontext in for-next with new code in -rc
drivers/infiniband/core/uverbs_main.c
- for-next removed code from ib_uverbs_write() that was modified
in for-rc
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=2Dmn
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pci-v4.19-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci
Pull pci updates from Bjorn Helgaas:
- Decode AER errors with names similar to "lspci" (Tyler Baicar)
- Expose AER statistics in sysfs (Rajat Jain)
- Clear AER status bits selectively based on the type of recovery (Oza
Pawandeep)
- Honor "pcie_ports=native" even if HEST sets FIRMWARE_FIRST (Alexandru
Gagniuc)
- Don't clear AER status bits if we're using the "Firmware-First"
strategy where firmware owns the registers (Alexandru Gagniuc)
- Use sysfs_match_string() to simplify ASPM sysfs parsing (Andy
Shevchenko)
- Remove unnecessary includes of <linux/pci-aspm.h> (Bjorn Helgaas)
- Defer DPC event handling to work queue (Keith Busch)
- Use threaded IRQ for DPC bottom half (Keith Busch)
- Print AER status while handling DPC events (Keith Busch)
- Work around IDT switch ACS Source Validation erratum (James
Puthukattukaran)
- Emit diagnostics for all cases of PCIe Link downtraining (Links
operating slower than they're capable of) (Alexandru Gagniuc)
- Skip VFs when configuring Max Payload Size (Myron Stowe)
- Reduce Root Port Max Payload Size if necessary when hot-adding a
device below it (Myron Stowe)
- Simplify SHPC existence/permission checks (Bjorn Helgaas)
- Remove hotplug sample skeleton driver (Lukas Wunner)
- Convert pciehp to threaded IRQ handling (Lukas Wunner)
- Improve pciehp tolerance of missed events and initially unstable
links (Lukas Wunner)
- Clear spurious pciehp events on resume (Lukas Wunner)
- Add pciehp runtime PM support, including for Thunderbolt controllers
(Lukas Wunner)
- Support interrupts from pciehp bridges in D3hot (Lukas Wunner)
- Mark fall-through switch cases before enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough
(Gustavo A. R. Silva)
- Move DMA-debug PCI init from arch code to PCI core (Christoph
Hellwig)
- Fix pci_request_irq() usage of IRQF_ONESHOT when no handler is
supplied (Heiner Kallweit)
- Unify PCI and DMA direction #defines (Shunyong Yang)
- Add PCI_DEVICE_DATA() macro (Andy Shevchenko)
- Check for VPD completion before checking for timeout (Bert Kenward)
- Limit Netronome NFP5000 config space size to work around erratum
(Jakub Kicinski)
- Set IRQCHIP_ONESHOT_SAFE for PCI MSI irqchips (Heiner Kallweit)
- Document ACPI description of PCI host bridges (Bjorn Helgaas)
- Add "pci=disable_acs_redir=" parameter to disable ACS redirection for
peer-to-peer DMA support (we don't have the peer-to-peer support yet;
this is just one piece) (Logan Gunthorpe)
- Clean up devm_of_pci_get_host_bridge_resources() resource allocation
(Jan Kiszka)
- Fixup resizable BARs after suspend/resume (Christian König)
- Make "pci=earlydump" generic (Sinan Kaya)
- Fix ROM BAR access routines to stay in bounds and check for signature
correctly (Rex Zhu)
- Add DMA alias quirk for Microsemi Switchtec NTB (Doug Meyer)
- Expand documentation for pci_add_dma_alias() (Logan Gunthorpe)
- To avoid bus errors, enable PASID only if entire path supports
End-End TLP prefixes (Sinan Kaya)
- Unify slot and bus reset functions and remove hotplug knowledge from
callers (Sinan Kaya)
- Add Function-Level Reset quirks for Intel and Samsung NVMe devices to
fix guest reboot issues (Alex Williamson)
- Add function 1 DMA alias quirk for Marvell 88SS9183 PCIe SSD
Controller (Bjorn Helgaas)
- Remove Xilinx AXI-PCIe host bridge arch dependency (Palmer Dabbelt)
- Remove Aardvark outbound window configuration (Evan Wang)
- Fix Aardvark bridge window sizing issue (Zachary Zhang)
- Convert Aardvark to use pci_host_probe() to reduce code duplication
(Thomas Petazzoni)
- Correct the Cadence cdns_pcie_writel() signature (Alan Douglas)
- Add Cadence support for optional generic PHYs (Alan Douglas)
- Add Cadence power management ops (Alan Douglas)
- Remove redundant variable from Cadence driver (Colin Ian King)
- Add Kirin MSI support (Xiaowei Song)
- Drop unnecessary root_bus_nr setting from exynos, imx6, keystone,
armada8k, artpec6, designware-plat, histb, qcom, spear13xx (Shawn
Guo)
- Move link notification settings from DesignWare core to individual
drivers (Gustavo Pimentel)
- Add endpoint library MSI-X interfaces (Gustavo Pimentel)
- Correct signature of endpoint library IRQ interfaces (Gustavo
Pimentel)
- Add DesignWare endpoint library MSI-X callbacks (Gustavo Pimentel)
- Add endpoint library MSI-X test support (Gustavo Pimentel)
- Remove unnecessary GFP_ATOMIC from Hyper-V "new child" allocation
(Jia-Ju Bai)
- Add more devices to Broadcom PAXC quirk (Ray Jui)
- Work around corrupted Broadcom PAXC config space to enable SMMU and
GICv3 ITS (Ray Jui)
- Disable MSI parsing to work around broken Broadcom PAXC logic in some
devices (Ray Jui)
- Hide unconfigured functions to work around a Broadcom PAXC defect
(Ray Jui)
- Lower iproc log level to reduce console output during boot (Ray Jui)
- Fix mobiveil iomem/phys_addr_t type usage (Lorenzo Pieralisi)
- Fix mobiveil missing include file (Lorenzo Pieralisi)
- Add mobiveil Kconfig/Makefile support (Lorenzo Pieralisi)
- Fix mvebu I/O space remapping issues (Thomas Petazzoni)
- Use generic pci_host_bridge in mvebu instead of ARM-specific API
(Thomas Petazzoni)
- Whitelist VMD devices with fast interrupt handlers to avoid sharing
vectors with slow handlers (Keith Busch)
* tag 'pci-v4.19-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci: (153 commits)
PCI/AER: Don't clear AER bits if error handling is Firmware-First
PCI: Limit config space size for Netronome NFP5000
PCI/MSI: Set IRQCHIP_ONESHOT_SAFE for PCI-MSI irqchips
PCI/VPD: Check for VPD access completion before checking for timeout
PCI: Add PCI_DEVICE_DATA() macro to fully describe device ID entry
PCI: Match Root Port's MPS to endpoint's MPSS as necessary
PCI: Skip MPS logic for Virtual Functions (VFs)
PCI: Add function 1 DMA alias quirk for Marvell 88SS9183
PCI: Check for PCIe Link downtraining
PCI: Add ACS Redirect disable quirk for Intel Sunrise Point
PCI: Add device-specific ACS Redirect disable infrastructure
PCI: Convert device-specific ACS quirks from NULL termination to ARRAY_SIZE
PCI: Add "pci=disable_acs_redir=" parameter for peer-to-peer support
PCI: Allow specifying devices using a base bus and path of devfns
PCI: Make specifying PCI devices in kernel parameters reusable
PCI: Hide ACS quirk declarations inside PCI core
PCI: Delay after FLR of Intel DC P3700 NVMe
PCI: Disable Samsung SM961/PM961 NVMe before FLR
PCI: Export pcie_has_flr()
PCI: mvebu: Drop bogus comment above mvebu_pcie_map_registers()
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
- Gustavo A. R. Silva keeps working on the implicit switch fallthru
changes.
- Support 802.11ax High-Efficiency wireless in cfg80211 et al, From
Luca Coelho.
- Re-enable ASPM in r8169, from Kai-Heng Feng.
- Add virtual XFRM interfaces, which avoids all of the limitations of
existing IPSEC tunnels. From Steffen Klassert.
- Convert GRO over to use a hash table, so that when we have many
flows active we don't traverse a long list during accumluation.
- Many new self tests for routing, TC, tunnels, etc. Too many
contributors to mention them all, but I'm really happy to keep
seeing this stuff.
- Hardware timestamping support for dpaa_eth/fsl-fman from Yangbo Lu.
- Lots of cleanups and fixes in L2TP code from Guillaume Nault.
- Add IPSEC offload support to netdevsim, from Shannon Nelson.
- Add support for slotting with non-uniform distribution to netem
packet scheduler, from Yousuk Seung.
- Add UDP GSO support to mlx5e, from Boris Pismenny.
- Support offloading of Team LAG in NFP, from John Hurley.
- Allow to configure TX queue selection based upon RX queue, from
Amritha Nambiar.
- Support ethtool ring size configuration in aquantia, from Anton
Mikaev.
- Support DSCP and flowlabel per-transport in SCTP, from Xin Long.
- Support list based batching and stack traversal of SKBs, this is
very exciting work. From Edward Cree.
- Busyloop optimizations in vhost_net, from Toshiaki Makita.
- Introduce the ETF qdisc, which allows time based transmissions. IGB
can offload this in hardware. From Vinicius Costa Gomes.
- Add parameter support to devlink, from Moshe Shemesh.
- Several multiplication and division optimizations for BPF JIT in
nfp driver, from Jiong Wang.
- Lots of prepatory work to make more of the packet scheduler layer
lockless, when possible, from Vlad Buslov.
- Add ACK filter and NAT awareness to sch_cake packet scheduler, from
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen.
- Support regions and region snapshots in devlink, from Alex Vesker.
- Allow to attach XDP programs to both HW and SW at the same time on
a given device, with initial support in nfp. From Jakub Kicinski.
- Add TLS RX offload and support in mlx5, from Ilya Lesokhin.
- Use PHYLIB in r8169 driver, from Heiner Kallweit.
- All sorts of changes to support Spectrum 2 in mlxsw driver, from
Ido Schimmel.
- PTP support in mv88e6xxx DSA driver, from Andrew Lunn.
- Make TCP_USER_TIMEOUT socket option more accurate, from Jon
Maxwell.
- Support for templates in packet scheduler classifier, from Jiri
Pirko.
- IPV6 support in RDS, from Ka-Cheong Poon.
- Native tproxy support in nf_tables, from Máté Eckl.
- Maintain IP fragment queue in an rbtree, but optimize properly for
in-order frags. From Peter Oskolkov.
- Improvde handling of ACKs on hole repairs, from Yuchung Cheng"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1996 commits)
bpf: test: fix spelling mistake "REUSEEPORT" -> "REUSEPORT"
hv/netvsc: Fix NULL dereference at single queue mode fallback
net: filter: mark expected switch fall-through
xen-netfront: fix warn message as irq device name has '/'
cxgb4: Add new T5 PCI device ids 0x50af and 0x50b0
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: missing unlock on error path
rds: fix building with IPV6=m
inet/connection_sock: prefer _THIS_IP_ to current_text_addr
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: bitwise vs logical bug
net: sock_diag: Fix spectre v1 gadget in __sock_diag_cmd()
ieee802154: hwsim: using right kind of iteration
net: hns3: Add vlan filter setting by ethtool command -K
net: hns3: Set tx ring' tc info when netdev is up
net: hns3: Remove tx ring BD len register in hns3_enet
net: hns3: Fix desc num set to default when setting channel
net: hns3: Fix for phy link issue when using marvell phy driver
net: hns3: Fix for information of phydev lost problem when down/up
net: hns3: Fix for command format parsing error in hclge_is_all_function_id_zero
net: hns3: Add support for serdes loopback selftest
bnxt_en: take coredump_record structure off stack
...
hns bitmap allocation functions return 0 on success and -1 on failure.
Callers of these functions wrongly used their return value as an errno,
fix that by making a proper conversion.
Fixes: a598c6f4c5 ("IB/hns: Simplify function of pd alloc and qp alloc")
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <pressmangal@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Lijun Ou <oulijun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch adds support for SRQ's created in user space and update
qedr_affiliated_event to deal with general SRQ events.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Bason <yuval.bason@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Implement the SRQ specific verbs and update the poll_cq verb to deal with
SRQ completions.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Bason <yuval.bason@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Today, we are using idr mechanism for QP's only.
This patch prepares the qedr_idr stuctures and the idr routines for
both QP's and SRQ's.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Bason <yuval.bason@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
mlx5_ib_create_qp_resp was never initialized and only the first 4 bytes
were written.
Fixes: 41d902cb7c ("RDMA/mlx5: Fix definition of mlx5_ib_create_qp_resp")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Several handlers need temporary allocations for the life of the method,
switch them to use the uverbs_alloc allocator.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
There is no reason for drivers to do this, the core code should take of
everything. The drivers will provide their information from rodata to
describe their modifications to the core's base uapi specification.
The core uses this to build up the runtime uapi for each device.
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael J. Ruhl <michael.j.ruhl@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
This will allow FW to not send more data to TP (which would then need to
be buffered). Pass the negotiated TCP window scale to FW in the FLOWC WR.
Also refactor send_flowc() a bit to clean it up.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Potnuri Bharat Teja <bharat@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
